Automatic date update in version.in
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gas / doc / as.texinfo
CommitLineData
252b5132 1\input texinfo @c -*-Texinfo-*-
6f2750fe 2@c Copyright (C) 1991-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132
RH
3@c UPDATE!! On future updates--
4@c (1) check for new machine-dep cmdline options in
5@c md_parse_option definitions in config/tc-*.c
6@c (2) for platform-specific directives, examine md_pseudo_op
7@c in config/tc-*.c
8@c (3) for object-format specific directives, examine obj_pseudo_op
01642c12 9@c in config/obj-*.c
252b5132
RH
10@c (4) portable directives in potable[] in read.c
11@c %**start of header
12@setfilename as.info
13@c ---config---
a4fb0134
SC
14@macro gcctabopt{body}
15@code{\body\}
16@end macro
252b5132
RH
17@c defaults, config file may override:
18@set have-stabs
19@c ---
4a4c4a1d
MR
20@c man begin NAME
21@c ---
252b5132 22@include asconfig.texi
c428fa83 23@include bfdver.texi
252b5132 24@c ---
0285c67d 25@c man end
4a4c4a1d 26@c ---
252b5132 27@c common OR combinations of conditions
c1253627
NC
28@ifset COFF
29@set COFF-ELF
30@end ifset
31@ifset ELF
32@set COFF-ELF
33@end ifset
252b5132
RH
34@ifset AOUT
35@set aout-bout
36@end ifset
37@ifset ARM/Thumb
38@set ARM
39@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
40@ifset Blackfin
41@set Blackfin
42@end ifset
252b5132
RH
43@ifset BOUT
44@set aout-bout
45@end ifset
46@ifset H8/300
47@set H8
48@end ifset
252b5132
RH
49@ifset SH
50@set H8
51@end ifset
52@ifset HPPA
53@set abnormal-separator
54@end ifset
55@c ------------
56@ifset GENERIC
57@settitle Using @value{AS}
58@end ifset
59@ifclear GENERIC
60@settitle Using @value{AS} (@value{TARGET})
61@end ifclear
62@setchapternewpage odd
63@c %**end of header
64
65@c @smallbook
66@c @set SMALL
67@c WARE! Some of the machine-dependent sections contain tables of machine
68@c instructions. Except in multi-column format, these tables look silly.
69@c Unfortunately, Texinfo doesn't have a general-purpose multi-col format, so
70@c the multi-col format is faked within @example sections.
01642c12 71@c
252b5132
RH
72@c Again unfortunately, the natural size that fits on a page, for these tables,
73@c is different depending on whether or not smallbook is turned on.
74@c This matters, because of order: text flow switches columns at each page
75@c break.
01642c12 76@c
252b5132
RH
77@c The format faked in this source works reasonably well for smallbook,
78@c not well for the default large-page format. This manual expects that if you
79@c turn on @smallbook, you will also uncomment the "@set SMALL" to enable the
80@c tables in question. You can turn on one without the other at your
01642c12 81@c discretion, of course.
252b5132
RH
82@ifinfo
83@set SMALL
84@c the insn tables look just as silly in info files regardless of smallbook,
85@c might as well show 'em anyways.
86@end ifinfo
87
9160ea82
AM
88@ifnottex
89@dircategory Software development
90@direntry
252b5132 91* As: (as). The GNU assembler.
59455fb1 92* Gas: (as). The GNU assembler.
9160ea82
AM
93@end direntry
94@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
95
96@finalout
97@syncodeindex ky cp
98
0e9517a9 99@copying
252b5132
RH
100This file documents the GNU Assembler "@value{AS}".
101
0285c67d 102@c man begin COPYRIGHT
6f2750fe 103Copyright @copyright{} 1991-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 104
0285c67d 105Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 106under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
0285c67d
NC
107or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
108with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
109Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 110section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
0285c67d
NC
111
112@c man end
0e9517a9 113@end copying
252b5132
RH
114
115@titlepage
116@title Using @value{AS}
117@subtitle The @sc{gnu} Assembler
118@ifclear GENERIC
119@subtitle for the @value{TARGET} family
120@end ifclear
e49e529d
JM
121@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
122@sp 1
123@subtitle @value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
124@end ifset
252b5132
RH
125@sp 1
126@subtitle Version @value{VERSION}
127@sp 1
128@sp 13
b45619c0 129The Free Software Foundation Inc.@: thanks The Nice Computer
252b5132 130Company of Australia for loaning Dean Elsner to write the
a4fb0134 131first (Vax) version of @command{as} for Project @sc{gnu}.
252b5132
RH
132The proprietors, management and staff of TNCCA thank FSF for
133distracting the boss while they got some work
134done.
135@sp 3
136@author Dean Elsner, Jay Fenlason & friends
137@page
138@tex
139{\parskip=0pt
140\hfill {\it Using {\tt @value{AS}}}\par
141\hfill Edited by Cygnus Support\par
142}
143%"boxit" macro for figures:
144%Modified from Knuth's ``boxit'' macro from TeXbook (answer to exercise 21.3)
145\gdef\boxit#1#2{\vbox{\hrule\hbox{\vrule\kern3pt
146 \vbox{\parindent=0pt\parskip=0pt\hsize=#1\kern3pt\strut\hfil
147#2\hfil\strut\kern3pt}\kern3pt\vrule}\hrule}}%box with visible outline
148\gdef\ibox#1#2{\hbox to #1{#2\hfil}\kern8pt}% invisible box
149@end tex
150
151@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
6f2750fe 152Copyright @copyright{} 1991-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 153
cf055d54 154 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 155 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
cf055d54
NC
156 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
157 with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
158 Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 159 section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
252b5132 160
252b5132 161@end titlepage
4ecceb71 162@contents
252b5132 163
2e64b665 164@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
165@node Top
166@top Using @value{AS}
167
e49e529d
JM
168This file is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}
169@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
170@value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
171@end ifset
172version @value{VERSION}.
252b5132 173@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 174This version of the file describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
175code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
176@end ifclear
cf055d54
NC
177
178This document is distributed under the terms of the GNU Free
179Documentation License. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 180section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
cf055d54 181
252b5132
RH
182@menu
183* Overview:: Overview
184* Invoking:: Command-Line Options
185* Syntax:: Syntax
186* Sections:: Sections and Relocation
187* Symbols:: Symbols
188* Expressions:: Expressions
189* Pseudo Ops:: Assembler Directives
3a99f02f
DJ
190@ifset ELF
191* Object Attributes:: Object Attributes
192@end ifset
252b5132
RH
193* Machine Dependencies:: Machine Dependent Features
194* Reporting Bugs:: Reporting Bugs
195* Acknowledgements:: Who Did What
cf055d54 196* GNU Free Documentation License:: GNU Free Documentation License
28c9d252 197* AS Index:: AS Index
252b5132 198@end menu
2e64b665 199@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
200
201@node Overview
202@chapter Overview
203@iftex
a4fb0134 204This manual is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132 205@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 206This version of the manual describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
207code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
208@end ifclear
209@end iftex
210
211@cindex invocation summary
212@cindex option summary
213@cindex summary of options
a4fb0134 214Here is a brief summary of how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}. For details,
96e9638b 215see @ref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}.
252b5132 216
0285c67d
NC
217@c man title AS the portable GNU assembler.
218
a4fb0134 219@ignore
0285c67d
NC
220@c man begin SEEALSO
221gcc(1), ld(1), and the Info entries for @file{binutils} and @file{ld}.
222@c man end
a4fb0134 223@end ignore
0285c67d 224
252b5132
RH
225@c We don't use deffn and friends for the following because they seem
226@c to be limited to one line for the header.
227@smallexample
0285c67d 228@c man begin SYNOPSIS
83f10cb2 229@value{AS} [@b{-a}[@b{cdghlns}][=@var{file}]] [@b{--alternate}] [@b{-D}]
955974c6 230 [@b{--compress-debug-sections}] [@b{--nocompress-debug-sections}]
3d6b762c 231 [@b{--debug-prefix-map} @var{old}=@var{new}]
4bdd3565 232 [@b{--defsym} @var{sym}=@var{val}] [@b{-f}] [@b{-g}] [@b{--gstabs}]
b40bf0a2
NC
233 [@b{--gstabs+}] [@b{--gdwarf-2}] [@b{--gdwarf-sections}]
234 [@b{--help}] [@b{-I} @var{dir}] [@b{-J}]
4bdd3565
NC
235 [@b{-K}] [@b{-L}] [@b{--listing-lhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
236 [@b{--listing-lhs-width2}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--listing-rhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
d60646b9 237 [@b{--listing-cont-lines}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--keep-locals}]
2edb36e7 238 [@b{--no-pad-sections}]
d60646b9
NC
239 [@b{-o} @var{objfile}] [@b{-R}]
240 [@b{--hash-size}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--reduce-memory-overheads}]
241 [@b{--statistics}]
242 [@b{-v}] [@b{-version}] [@b{--version}]
243 [@b{-W}] [@b{--warn}] [@b{--fatal-warnings}] [@b{-w}] [@b{-x}]
244 [@b{-Z}] [@b{@@@var{FILE}}]
451133ce 245 [@b{--sectname-subst}] [@b{--size-check=[error|warning]}]
b8871f35 246 [@b{--elf-stt-common=[no|yes]}]
a0b7da79
MM
247 [@b{--target-help}] [@var{target-options}]
248 [@b{--}|@var{files} @dots{}]
a4fb0134 249@c
6387924a 250@c man end
a4fb0134 251@c Target dependent options are listed below. Keep the list sorted.
01642c12 252@c Add an empty line for separation.
6387924a 253@c man begin TARGET
a06ea964
NC
254@ifset AARCH64
255
256@emph{Target AArch64 options:}
257 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
69091a2c 258 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}]
a06ea964 259@end ifset
625e1353
RH
260@ifset ALPHA
261
262@emph{Target Alpha options:}
263 [@b{-m@var{cpu}}]
264 [@b{-mdebug} | @b{-no-mdebug}]
198f1251 265 [@b{-replace} | @b{-noreplace}]
625e1353
RH
266 [@b{-relax}] [@b{-g}] [@b{-G@var{size}}]
267 [@b{-F}] [@b{-32addr}]
268@end ifset
252b5132 269@ifset ARC
a4fb0134
SC
270
271@emph{Target ARC options:}
886a2506
NC
272 [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}]
273 [@b{-mA6}|@b{-mARC600}|@b{-mARC601}|@b{-mA7}|@b{-mARC700}|@b{-mEM}|@b{-mHS}]
274 [@b{-mcode-density}]
4670103e 275 [@b{-mrelax}]
a4fb0134 276 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
252b5132
RH
277@end ifset
278@ifset ARM
a4fb0134
SC
279
280@emph{Target ARM options:}
03b1477f 281@c Don't document the deprecated options
92081f48
HPN
282 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
283 [@b{-march}=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
33a392fb
PB
284 [@b{-mfpu}=@var{floating-point-format}]
285 [@b{-mfloat-abi}=@var{abi}]
d507cf36 286 [@b{-meabi}=@var{ver}]
03b1477f 287 [@b{-mthumb}]
a4fb0134
SC
288 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
289 [@b{-mapcs-32}|@b{-mapcs-26}|@b{-mapcs-float}|
290 @b{-mapcs-reentrant}]
7f266840 291 [@b{-mthumb-interwork}] [@b{-k}]
252b5132 292@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
293@ifset Blackfin
294
295@emph{Target Blackfin options:}
296 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[-@var{sirevision}]]
297 [@b{-mfdpic}]
298 [@b{-mno-fdpic}]
299 [@b{-mnopic}]
300@end ifset
328eb32e
HPN
301@ifset CRIS
302
303@emph{Target CRIS options:}
304 [@b{--underscore} | @b{--no-underscore}]
305 [@b{--pic}] [@b{-N}]
306 [@b{--emulation=criself} | @b{--emulation=crisaout}]
ae57792d 307 [@b{--march=v0_v10} | @b{--march=v10} | @b{--march=v32} | @b{--march=common_v10_v32}]
328eb32e
HPN
308@c Deprecated -- deliberately not documented.
309@c [@b{-h}] [@b{-H}]
310@end ifset
252b5132 311@ifset D10V
a4fb0134
SC
312
313@emph{Target D10V options:}
314 [@b{-O}]
252b5132
RH
315@end ifset
316@ifset D30V
a4fb0134
SC
317
318@emph{Target D30V options:}
319 [@b{-O}|@b{-n}|@b{-N}]
252b5132 320@end ifset
cfb8c092
NC
321@ifset EPIPHANY
322
323@emph{Target EPIPHANY options:}
324 [@b{-mepiphany}|@b{-mepiphany16}]
325@end ifset
252b5132 326@ifset H8
6fd4f6cc
DD
327
328@emph{Target H8/300 options:}
329 [-h-tick-hex]
252b5132
RH
330@end ifset
331@ifset HPPA
332@c HPPA has no machine-dependent assembler options (yet).
333@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
334@ifset I80386
335
336@emph{Target i386 options:}
542385d9 337 [@b{--32}|@b{--x32}|@b{--64}] [@b{-n}]
1ef52f49 338 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}[+@var{EXTENSION}@dots{}]] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}]
252b5132
RH
339@end ifset
340@ifset I960
a4fb0134
SC
341
342@emph{Target i960 options:}
252b5132 343@c see md_parse_option in tc-i960.c
a4fb0134
SC
344 [@b{-ACA}|@b{-ACA_A}|@b{-ACB}|@b{-ACC}|@b{-AKA}|@b{-AKB}|
345 @b{-AKC}|@b{-AMC}]
346 [@b{-b}] [@b{-no-relax}]
252b5132 347@end ifset
587fe2b3 348@ifset IA64
a4fb0134 349
9e32ca89
NC
350@emph{Target IA-64 options:}
351 [@b{-mconstant-gp}|@b{-mauto-pic}]
352 [@b{-milp32}|@b{-milp64}|@b{-mlp64}|@b{-mp64}]
353 [@b{-mle}|@b{mbe}]
8c2fda1d 354 [@b{-mtune=itanium1}|@b{-mtune=itanium2}]
970d6792 355 [@b{-munwind-check=warning}|@b{-munwind-check=error}]
91d777ee 356 [@b{-mhint.b=ok}|@b{-mhint.b=warning}|@b{-mhint.b=error}]
9e32ca89
NC
357 [@b{-x}|@b{-xexplicit}] [@b{-xauto}] [@b{-xdebug}]
358@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
359@ifset IP2K
360
361@emph{Target IP2K options:}
362 [@b{-mip2022}|@b{-mip2022ext}]
363@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
364@ifset M32C
365
366@emph{Target M32C options:}
c54b5932 367 [@b{-m32c}|@b{-m16c}] [-relax] [-h-tick-hex]
49f58d10 368@end ifset
587fe2b3 369@ifset M32R
9e32ca89 370
a4fb0134
SC
371@emph{Target M32R options:}
372 [@b{--m32rx}|@b{--[no-]warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts}|
587fe2b3 373 @b{--W[n]p}]
ec694b89 374@end ifset
252b5132 375@ifset M680X0
a4fb0134
SC
376
377@emph{Target M680X0 options:}
378 [@b{-l}] [@b{-m68000}|@b{-m68010}|@b{-m68020}|@dots{}]
252b5132 379@end ifset
60bcf0fa 380@ifset M68HC11
a4fb0134
SC
381
382@emph{Target M68HC11 options:}
6927f982 383 [@b{-m68hc11}|@b{-m68hc12}|@b{-m68hcs12}|@b{-mm9s12x}|@b{-mm9s12xg}]
2f904664
SC
384 [@b{-mshort}|@b{-mlong}]
385 [@b{-mshort-double}|@b{-mlong-double}]
1370e33d 386 [@b{--force-long-branches}] [@b{--short-branches}]
a4fb0134
SC
387 [@b{--strict-direct-mode}] [@b{--print-insn-syntax}]
388 [@b{--print-opcodes}] [@b{--generate-example}]
389@end ifset
390@ifset MCORE
391
392@emph{Target MCORE options:}
393 [@b{-jsri2bsr}] [@b{-sifilter}] [@b{-relax}]
394 [@b{-mcpu=[210|340]}]
60bcf0fa 395@end ifset
a3c62988
NC
396@ifset METAG
397
398@emph{Target Meta options:}
399 [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}] [@b{-mfpu=@var{cpu}}] [@b{-mdsp=@var{cpu}}]
400@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
401@ifset MICROBLAZE
402@emph{Target MICROBLAZE options:}
403@c MicroBlaze has no machine-dependent assembler options.
404@end ifset
252b5132 405@ifset MIPS
a4fb0134
SC
406
407@emph{Target MIPS options:}
78849248 408 [@b{-nocpp}] [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-O}[@var{optimization level}]]
437ee9d5 409 [@b{-g}[@var{debug level}]] [@b{-G} @var{num}] [@b{-KPIC}] [@b{-call_shared}]
0c000745 410 [@b{-non_shared}] [@b{-xgot} [@b{-mvxworks-pic}]
437ee9d5 411 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}] [@b{-32}] [@b{-n32}] [@b{-64}] [@b{-mfp32}] [@b{-mgp32}]
351cdf24
MF
412 [@b{-mfp64}] [@b{-mgp64}] [@b{-mfpxx}]
413 [@b{-modd-spreg}] [@b{-mno-odd-spreg}]
437ee9d5 414 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mips1}] [@b{-mips2}]
af7ee8bf 415 [@b{-mips3}] [@b{-mips4}] [@b{-mips5}] [@b{-mips32}] [@b{-mips32r2}]
7361da2c
AB
416 [@b{-mips32r3}] [@b{-mips32r5}] [@b{-mips32r6}] [@b{-mips64}] [@b{-mips64r2}]
417 [@b{-mips64r3}] [@b{-mips64r5}] [@b{-mips64r6}]
437ee9d5 418 [@b{-construct-floats}] [@b{-no-construct-floats}]
ba92f887 419 [@b{-mnan=@var{encoding}}]
437ee9d5 420 [@b{-trap}] [@b{-no-break}] [@b{-break}] [@b{-no-trap}]
437ee9d5 421 [@b{-mips16}] [@b{-no-mips16}]
df58fc94 422 [@b{-mmicromips}] [@b{-mno-micromips}]
e16bfa71 423 [@b{-msmartmips}] [@b{-mno-smartmips}]
1f25f5d3 424 [@b{-mips3d}] [@b{-no-mips3d}]
deec1734 425 [@b{-mdmx}] [@b{-no-mdmx}]
2ef2b9ae 426 [@b{-mdsp}] [@b{-mno-dsp}]
8b082fb1 427 [@b{-mdspr2}] [@b{-mno-dspr2}]
8f4f9071 428 [@b{-mdspr3}] [@b{-mno-dspr3}]
56d438b1 429 [@b{-mmsa}] [@b{-mno-msa}]
7d64c587 430 [@b{-mxpa}] [@b{-mno-xpa}]
ef2e4d86 431 [@b{-mmt}] [@b{-mno-mt}]
dec0624d 432 [@b{-mmcu}] [@b{-mno-mcu}]
833794fc 433 [@b{-minsn32}] [@b{-mno-insn32}]
2babba43 434 [@b{-mfix7000}] [@b{-mno-fix7000}]
a8d14a88 435 [@b{-mfix-rm7000}] [@b{-mno-fix-rm7000}]
2babba43
MR
436 [@b{-mfix-vr4120}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4120}]
437 [@b{-mfix-vr4130}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4130}]
ecb4347a 438 [@b{-mdebug}] [@b{-no-mdebug}]
dcd410fe 439 [@b{-mpdr}] [@b{-mno-pdr}]
3c3bdf30
NC
440@end ifset
441@ifset MMIX
a4fb0134
SC
442
443@emph{Target MMIX options:}
444 [@b{--fixed-special-register-names}] [@b{--globalize-symbols}]
445 [@b{--gnu-syntax}] [@b{--relax}] [@b{--no-predefined-symbols}]
446 [@b{--no-expand}] [@b{--no-merge-gregs}] [@b{-x}]
973eb340 447 [@b{--linker-allocated-gregs}]
a4fb0134 448@end ifset
36591ba1
SL
449@ifset NIOSII
450
451@emph{Target Nios II options:}
452 [@b{-relax-all}] [@b{-relax-section}] [@b{-no-relax}]
453 [@b{-EB}] [@b{-EL}]
454@end ifset
35c08157
KLC
455@ifset NDS32
456
457@emph{Target NDS32 options:}
458 [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-O}] [@b{-Os}] [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}]
459 [@b{-misa=@var{isa}}] [@b{-mabi=@var{abi}}] [@b{-mall-ext}]
460 [@b{-m[no-]16-bit}] [@b{-m[no-]perf-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]perf2-ext}]
461 [@b{-m[no-]string-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]dsp-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]mac}] [@b{-m[no-]div}]
462 [@b{-m[no-]audio-isa-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]fpu-sp-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]fpu-dp-ext}]
463 [@b{-m[no-]fpu-fma}] [@b{-mfpu-freg=@var{FREG}}] [@b{-mreduced-regs}]
464 [@b{-mfull-regs}] [@b{-m[no-]dx-regs}] [@b{-mpic}] [@b{-mno-relax}]
465 [@b{-mb2bb}]
466@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
467@ifset PDP11
468
469@emph{Target PDP11 options:}
470 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}] [@b{-mall}] [@b{-mno-extensions}]
471 [@b{-m}@var{extension}|@b{-mno-}@var{extension}]
01642c12 472 [@b{-m}@var{cpu}] [@b{-m}@var{machine}]
a4fb0134
SC
473@end ifset
474@ifset PJ
475
476@emph{Target picoJava options:}
477 [@b{-mb}|@b{-me}]
478@end ifset
479@ifset PPC
480
481@emph{Target PowerPC options:}
b8b738ac
AM
482 [@b{-a32}|@b{-a64}]
483 [@b{-mpwrx}|@b{-mpwr2}|@b{-mpwr}|@b{-m601}|@b{-mppc}|@b{-mppc32}|@b{-m603}|@b{-m604}|@b{-m403}|@b{-m405}|
484 @b{-m440}|@b{-m464}|@b{-m476}|@b{-m7400}|@b{-m7410}|@b{-m7450}|@b{-m7455}|@b{-m750cl}|@b{-mppc64}|
aea77599 485 @b{-m620}|@b{-me500}|@b{-e500x2}|@b{-me500mc}|@b{-me500mc64}|@b{-me5500}|@b{-me6500}|@b{-mppc64bridge}|
b36546d2 486 @b{-mbooke}|@b{-mpower4}|@b{-mpwr4}|@b{-mpower5}|@b{-mpwr5}|@b{-mpwr5x}|@b{-mpower6}|@b{-mpwr6}|
a680de9a
PB
487 @b{-mpower7}|@b{-mpwr7}|@b{-mpower8}|@b{-mpwr8}|@b{-mpower9}|@b{-mpwr9}@b{-ma2}|
488 @b{-mcell}|@b{-mspe}|@b{-mtitan}|@b{-me300}|@b{-mcom}]
5817ffd1 489 [@b{-many}] [@b{-maltivec}|@b{-mvsx}|@b{-mhtm}|@b{-mvle}]
a4fb0134 490 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
b8b738ac
AM
491 [@b{-mrelocatable}|@b{-mrelocatable-lib}|@b{-K PIC}] [@b{-memb}]
492 [@b{-mlittle}|@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-le}|@b{-mbig}|@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-be}]
a4fb0134 493 [@b{-msolaris}|@b{-mno-solaris}]
b8b738ac 494 [@b{-nops=@var{count}}]
a4fb0134 495@end ifset
856ea05c
KP
496@ifset RL78
497
498@emph{Target RL78 options:}
499 [@b{-mg10}]
500 [@b{-m32bit-doubles}|@b{-m64bit-doubles}]
501@end ifset
c7927a3c
NC
502@ifset RX
503
504@emph{Target RX options:}
505 [@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-mbig-endian}]
c7927a3c 506 [@b{-m32bit-doubles}|@b{-m64bit-doubles}]
708e2187
NC
507 [@b{-muse-conventional-section-names}]
508 [@b{-msmall-data-limit}]
509 [@b{-mpid}]
510 [@b{-mrelax}]
511 [@b{-mint-register=@var{number}}]
512 [@b{-mgcc-abi}|@b{-mrx-abi}]
c7927a3c 513@end ifset
4f7eddc4
PD
514@ifset RISCV
515
516@emph{Target RISC-V options:}
2922d21d
AW
517 [@b{-march}=@var{ISA}]
518 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}]
4f7eddc4 519@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
520@ifset S390
521
522@emph{Target s390 options:}
523 [@b{-m31}|@b{-m64}] [@b{-mesa}|@b{-mzarch}] [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}]
524 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
525 [@b{-mwarn-areg-zero}]
526@end ifset
c3b7224a
NC
527@ifset SCORE
528
529@emph{Target SCORE options:}
530 [@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}][@b{-FIXDD}][@b{-NWARN}]
531 [@b{-SCORE5}][@b{-SCORE5U}][@b{-SCORE7}][@b{-SCORE3}]
532 [@b{-march=score7}][@b{-march=score3}]
533 [@b{-USE_R1}][@b{-KPIC}][@b{-O0}][@b{-G} @var{num}][@b{-V}]
534@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
535@ifset SPARC
536
537@emph{Target SPARC options:}
538@c The order here is important. See c-sparc.texi.
46a2d504
JM
539 [@b{-Av6}|@b{-Av7}|@b{-Av8}|@b{-Aleon}|@b{-Asparclet}|@b{-Asparclite}
540 @b{-Av8plus}|@b{-Av8plusa}|@b{-Av8plusb}|@b{-Av8plusc}|@b{-Av8plusd}
541 @b{-Av8plusv}|@b{-Av8plusm}|@b{-Av9}|@b{-Av9a}|@b{-Av9b}|@b{-Av9c}
542 @b{-Av9d}|@b{-Av9e}|@b{-Av9v}|@b{-Av9m}|@b{-Asparc}|@b{-Asparcvis}
543 @b{-Asparcvis2}|@b{-Asparcfmaf}|@b{-Asparcima}|@b{-Asparcvis3}
544 @b{-Asparcvisr}|@b{-Asparc5}]
545 [@b{-xarch=v8plus}|@b{-xarch=v8plusa}]|@b{-xarch=v8plusb}|@b{-xarch=v8plusc}
546 @b{-xarch=v8plusd}|@b{-xarch=v8plusv}|@b{-xarch=v8plusm}|@b{-xarch=v9}
547 @b{-xarch=v9a}|@b{-xarch=v9b}|@b{-xarch=v9c}|@b{-xarch=v9d}|@b{-xarch=v9e}
548 @b{-xarch=v9v}|@b{-xarch=v9m}|@b{-xarch=sparc}|@b{-xarch=sparcvis}
549 @b{-xarch=sparcvis2}|@b{-xarch=sparcfmaf}|@b{-xarch=sparcima}
550 @b{-xarch=sparcvis3}|@b{-xarch=sparcvisr}|@b{-xarch=sparc5}
551 @b{-bump}]
a4fb0134 552 [@b{-32}|@b{-64}]
46a2d504 553 [@b{--enforce-aligned-data}][@b{--dcti-couples-detect}]
a4fb0134
SC
554@end ifset
555@ifset TIC54X
556
557@emph{Target TIC54X options:}
01642c12 558 [@b{-mcpu=54[123589]}|@b{-mcpu=54[56]lp}] [@b{-mfar-mode}|@b{-mf}]
a4fb0134
SC
559 [@b{-merrors-to-file} @var{<filename>}|@b{-me} @var{<filename>}]
560@end ifset
40b36596
JM
561@ifset TIC6X
562
563@emph{Target TIC6X options:}
98d23bef
BS
564 [@b{-march=@var{arch}}] [@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-mlittle-endian}]
565 [@b{-mdsbt}|@b{-mno-dsbt}] [@b{-mpid=no}|@b{-mpid=near}|@b{-mpid=far}]
566 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}]
40b36596 567@end ifset
aa137e4d
NC
568@ifset TILEGX
569
570@emph{Target TILE-Gx options:}
fb6cedde 571 [@b{-m32}|@b{-m64}][@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}]
aa137e4d
NC
572@end ifset
573@ifset TILEPRO
574@c TILEPro has no machine-dependent assembler options
575@end ifset
b6605ddd 576@ifset VISIUM
40b36596 577
b6605ddd
EB
578@emph{Target Visium options:}
579 [@b{-mtune=@var{arch}}]
580@end ifset
2d8b84ae
SA
581@ifset XTENSA
582
583@emph{Target Xtensa options:}
b46824bd
MF
584 [@b{--[no-]text-section-literals}] [@b{--[no-]auto-litpools}]
585 [@b{--[no-]absolute-literals}]
2d8b84ae
SA
586 [@b{--[no-]target-align}] [@b{--[no-]longcalls}]
587 [@b{--[no-]transform}]
588 [@b{--rename-section} @var{oldname}=@var{newname}]
a82c7d90 589 [@b{--[no-]trampolines}]
2d8b84ae 590@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
591@ifset Z80
592
593@emph{Target Z80 options:}
594 [@b{-z80}] [@b{-r800}]
595 [@b{ -ignore-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wnud}]
596 [@b{ -ignore-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wnup}]
597 [@b{ -warn-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wud}]
598 [@b{ -warn-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wup}]
599 [@b{ -forbid-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Fud}]
600 [@b{ -forbid-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Fup}]
601@end ifset
a4fb0134 602@ifset Z8000
b6605ddd 603
a4fb0134 604@c Z8000 has no machine-dependent assembler options
252b5132 605@end ifset
e0001a05 606
0285c67d 607@c man end
252b5132
RH
608@end smallexample
609
0285c67d
NC
610@c man begin OPTIONS
611
a4fb0134 612@table @gcctabopt
38fc1cb1 613@include at-file.texi
a0b7da79 614
83f10cb2 615@item -a[cdghlmns]
252b5132
RH
616Turn on listings, in any of a variety of ways:
617
a4fb0134 618@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
619@item -ac
620omit false conditionals
621
622@item -ad
623omit debugging directives
624
83f10cb2
NC
625@item -ag
626include general information, like @value{AS} version and options passed
627
252b5132
RH
628@item -ah
629include high-level source
630
631@item -al
632include assembly
633
634@item -am
635include macro expansions
636
637@item -an
638omit forms processing
639
640@item -as
641include symbols
642
643@item =file
644set the name of the listing file
645@end table
646
647You may combine these options; for example, use @samp{-aln} for assembly
648listing without forms processing. The @samp{=file} option, if used, must be
649the last one. By itself, @samp{-a} defaults to @samp{-ahls}.
650
caa32fe5 651@item --alternate
96e9638b
BW
652Begin in alternate macro mode.
653@ifclear man
654@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
655@end ifclear
caa32fe5 656
955974c6 657@item --compress-debug-sections
19a7fe52
L
658Compress DWARF debug sections using zlib with SHF_COMPRESSED from the
659ELF ABI. The resulting object file may not be compatible with older
660linkers and object file utilities. Note if compression would make a
661given section @emph{larger} then it is not compressed.
955974c6 662
151411f8
L
663@ifset ELF
664@cindex @samp{--compress-debug-sections=} option
665@item --compress-debug-sections=none
666@itemx --compress-debug-sections=zlib
667@itemx --compress-debug-sections=zlib-gnu
668@itemx --compress-debug-sections=zlib-gabi
669These options control how DWARF debug sections are compressed.
670@option{--compress-debug-sections=none} is equivalent to
671@option{--nocompress-debug-sections}.
672@option{--compress-debug-sections=zlib} and
19a7fe52 673@option{--compress-debug-sections=zlib-gabi} are equivalent to
151411f8 674@option{--compress-debug-sections}.
19a7fe52
L
675@option{--compress-debug-sections=zlib-gnu} compresses DWARF debug
676sections using zlib. The debug sections are renamed to begin with
677@samp{.zdebug}. Note if compression would make a given section
678@emph{larger} then it is not compressed nor renamed.
679
151411f8
L
680@end ifset
681
955974c6 682@item --nocompress-debug-sections
e12fe555
NC
683Do not compress DWARF debug sections. This is usually the default for all
684targets except the x86/x86_64, but a configure time option can be used to
685override this.
955974c6 686
252b5132
RH
687@item -D
688Ignored. This option is accepted for script compatibility with calls to
689other assemblers.
690
3d6b762c
JM
691@item --debug-prefix-map @var{old}=@var{new}
692When assembling files in directory @file{@var{old}}, record debugging
693information describing them as in @file{@var{new}} instead.
694
252b5132
RH
695@item --defsym @var{sym}=@var{value}
696Define the symbol @var{sym} to be @var{value} before assembling the input file.
697@var{value} must be an integer constant. As in C, a leading @samp{0x}
bf083c64
NC
698indicates a hexadecimal value, and a leading @samp{0} indicates an octal
699value. The value of the symbol can be overridden inside a source file via the
700use of a @code{.set} pseudo-op.
252b5132
RH
701
702@item -f
703``fast''---skip whitespace and comment preprocessing (assume source is
704compiler output).
705
329e276d
NC
706@item -g
707@itemx --gen-debug
708Generate debugging information for each assembler source line using whichever
709debug format is preferred by the target. This currently means either STABS,
710ECOFF or DWARF2.
711
252b5132
RH
712@item --gstabs
713Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line. This
714may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it.
715
05da4302
NC
716@item --gstabs+
717Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line, with GNU
718extensions that probably only gdb can handle, and that could make other
719debuggers crash or refuse to read your program. This
720may help debugging assembler code. Currently the only GNU extension is
721the location of the current working directory at assembling time.
722
329e276d 723@item --gdwarf-2
cdf82bcf 724Generate DWARF2 debugging information for each assembler line. This
c1253627 725may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it. Note---this
85a39694 726option is only supported by some targets, not all of them.
cdf82bcf 727
b40bf0a2
NC
728@item --gdwarf-sections
729Instead of creating a .debug_line section, create a series of
730.debug_line.@var{foo} sections where @var{foo} is the name of the
731corresponding code section. For example a code section called @var{.text.func}
732will have its dwarf line number information placed into a section called
733@var{.debug_line.text.func}. If the code section is just called @var{.text}
734then debug line section will still be called just @var{.debug_line} without any
735suffix.
736
b8871f35 737@ifset ELF
21be61f5
L
738@item --size-check=error
739@itemx --size-check=warning
740Issue an error or warning for invalid ELF .size directive.
741
b8871f35
L
742@item --elf-stt-common=no
743@itemx --elf-stt-common=yes
744These options control whether the ELF assembler should generate common
745symbols with the @code{STT_COMMON} type. The default can be controlled
746by a configure option @option{--enable-elf-stt-common}.
747@end ifset
748
252b5132
RH
749@item --help
750Print a summary of the command line options and exit.
751
ea20a7da
CC
752@item --target-help
753Print a summary of all target specific options and exit.
754
252b5132
RH
755@item -I @var{dir}
756Add directory @var{dir} to the search list for @code{.include} directives.
757
758@item -J
759Don't warn about signed overflow.
760
761@item -K
762@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
763This option is accepted but has no effect on the @value{TARGET} family.
764@end ifclear
765@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
766Issue warnings when difference tables altered for long displacements.
767@end ifset
768
769@item -L
770@itemx --keep-locals
ba83aca1
BW
771Keep (in the symbol table) local symbols. These symbols start with
772system-specific local label prefixes, typically @samp{.L} for ELF systems
773or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems.
774@ifclear man
775@xref{Symbol Names}.
776@end ifclear
252b5132 777
c3a27914
NC
778@item --listing-lhs-width=@var{number}
779Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for an assembler
780listing to @var{number}.
781
782@item --listing-lhs-width2=@var{number}
783Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for continuation
784lines in an assembler listing to @var{number}.
785
786@item --listing-rhs-width=@var{number}
787Set the maximum width of an input source line, as displayed in a listing, to
788@var{number} bytes.
789
790@item --listing-cont-lines=@var{number}
791Set the maximum number of lines printed in a listing for a single line of input
792to @var{number} + 1.
793
2edb36e7
NC
794@item --no-pad-sections
795Stop the assembler for padding the ends of output sections to the alignment
796of that section. The default is to pad the sections, but this can waste space
797which might be needed on targets which have tight memory constraints.
798
252b5132 799@item -o @var{objfile}
a4fb0134 800Name the object-file output from @command{@value{AS}} @var{objfile}.
252b5132
RH
801
802@item -R
803Fold the data section into the text section.
804
d60646b9 805@item --hash-size=@var{number}
4bdd3565
NC
806Set the default size of GAS's hash tables to a prime number close to
807@var{number}. Increasing this value can reduce the length of time it takes the
808assembler to perform its tasks, at the expense of increasing the assembler's
809memory requirements. Similarly reducing this value can reduce the memory
810requirements at the expense of speed.
811
812@item --reduce-memory-overheads
813This option reduces GAS's memory requirements, at the expense of making the
814assembly processes slower. Currently this switch is a synonym for
815@samp{--hash-size=4051}, but in the future it may have other effects as well.
816
451133ce
NP
817@ifset ELF
818@item --sectname-subst
819Honor substitution sequences in section names.
820@ifclear man
821@xref{Section Name Substitutions,,@code{.section @var{name}}}.
822@end ifclear
823@end ifset
824
252b5132
RH
825@item --statistics
826Print the maximum space (in bytes) and total time (in seconds) used by
827assembly.
828
829@item --strip-local-absolute
830Remove local absolute symbols from the outgoing symbol table.
831
832@item -v
833@itemx -version
a4fb0134 834Print the @command{as} version.
252b5132
RH
835
836@item --version
a4fb0134 837Print the @command{as} version and exit.
252b5132
RH
838
839@item -W
2bdd6cf5 840@itemx --no-warn
252b5132
RH
841Suppress warning messages.
842
2bdd6cf5
GK
843@item --fatal-warnings
844Treat warnings as errors.
845
846@item --warn
847Don't suppress warning messages or treat them as errors.
848
252b5132
RH
849@item -w
850Ignored.
851
852@item -x
853Ignored.
854
855@item -Z
856Generate an object file even after errors.
857
858@item -- | @var{files} @dots{}
859Standard input, or source files to assemble.
860
861@end table
2a633939
JM
862@c man end
863
a06ea964
NC
864@ifset AARCH64
865
866@ifclear man
867@xref{AArch64 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
868for the 64-bit mode of the ARM Architecture (AArch64).
869@end ifclear
870
871@ifset man
872@c man begin OPTIONS
873The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
87464-bit mode of the ARM Architecture (AArch64).
875@c man end
876@c man begin INCLUDE
877@include c-aarch64.texi
878@c ended inside the included file
879@end ifset
880
881@end ifset
882
2a633939
JM
883@ifset ALPHA
884
885@ifclear man
886@xref{Alpha Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
887for an Alpha processor.
888@end ifclear
889
890@ifset man
891@c man begin OPTIONS
892The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an Alpha
893processor.
894@c man end
895@c man begin INCLUDE
896@include c-alpha.texi
897@c ended inside the included file
898@end ifset
899
900@end ifset
252b5132 901
2a633939 902@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132 903@ifset ARC
886a2506
NC
904The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an ARC
905processor.
252b5132 906
a4fb0134 907@table @gcctabopt
886a2506 908@item -mcpu=@var{cpu}
0d2bcfaf
NC
909This option selects the core processor variant.
910@item -EB | -EL
911Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
886a2506
NC
912@item -mcode-density
913Enable Code Density extenssion instructions.
252b5132
RH
914@end table
915@end ifset
916
917@ifset ARM
918The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the ARM
919processor family.
920
a4fb0134 921@table @gcctabopt
92081f48 922@item -mcpu=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 923Specify which ARM processor variant is the target.
92081f48 924@item -march=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 925Specify which ARM architecture variant is used by the target.
03b1477f 926@item -mfpu=@var{floating-point-format}
a349d9dd 927Select which Floating Point architecture is the target.
33a392fb
PB
928@item -mfloat-abi=@var{abi}
929Select which floating point ABI is in use.
03b1477f
RE
930@item -mthumb
931Enable Thumb only instruction decoding.
7f266840 932@item -mapcs-32 | -mapcs-26 | -mapcs-float | -mapcs-reentrant
252b5132
RH
933Select which procedure calling convention is in use.
934@item -EB | -EL
935Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
cdf82bcf
NC
936@item -mthumb-interwork
937Specify that the code has been generated with interworking between Thumb and
938ARM code in mind.
2e6976a8
DG
939@item -mccs
940Turns on CodeComposer Studio assembly syntax compatibility mode.
cdf82bcf
NC
941@item -k
942Specify that PIC code has been generated.
252b5132
RH
943@end table
944@end ifset
635fb38d 945@c man end
252b5132 946
9982501a 947@ifset Blackfin
8611b8fd
MF
948
949@ifclear man
950@xref{Blackfin Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
951configured for the Blackfin processor family.
952@end ifclear
953
954@ifset man
955@c man begin OPTIONS
9982501a
JZ
956The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
957the Blackfin processor family.
8611b8fd
MF
958@c man end
959@c man begin INCLUDE
960@include c-bfin.texi
961@c ended inside the included file
962@end ifset
9982501a 963
9982501a
JZ
964@end ifset
965
635fb38d 966@c man begin OPTIONS
328eb32e
HPN
967@ifset CRIS
968See the info pages for documentation of the CRIS-specific options.
969@end ifset
970
252b5132
RH
971@ifset D10V
972The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
973a D10V processor.
a4fb0134 974@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
975@cindex D10V optimization
976@cindex optimization, D10V
977@item -O
978Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
979@end table
980@end ifset
981
982@ifset D30V
983The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a D30V
984processor.
a4fb0134 985@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
986@cindex D30V optimization
987@cindex optimization, D30V
988@item -O
989Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
990
991@cindex D30V nops
992@item -n
993Warn when nops are generated.
994
995@cindex D30V nops after 32-bit multiply
996@item -N
997Warn when a nop after a 32-bit multiply instruction is generated.
998@end table
999@end ifset
731caf76
L
1000@c man end
1001
cfb8c092
NC
1002@ifset EPIPHANY
1003The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1004Adapteva EPIPHANY series.
1005
56b13185
JR
1006@ifclear man
1007@xref{Epiphany Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
1008configured for an Epiphany processor.
1009@end ifclear
cfb8c092 1010
56b13185
JR
1011@ifset man
1012@c man begin OPTIONS
1013The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1014an Epiphany processor.
1015@c man end
1016@c man begin INCLUDE
1017@include c-epiphany.texi
0c76cae8
AM
1018@c ended inside the included file
1019@end ifset
1020
1021@end ifset
1022
1023@ifset H8300
1024
1025@ifclear man
1026@xref{H8/300 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1027for an H8/300 processor.
1028@end ifclear
1029
1030@ifset man
1031@c man begin OPTIONS
1032The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an H8/300
1033processor.
1034@c man end
1035@c man begin INCLUDE
1036@include c-h8300.texi
56b13185
JR
1037@c ended inside the included file
1038@end ifset
cfb8c092 1039
cfb8c092
NC
1040@end ifset
1041
731caf76 1042@ifset I80386
252b5132 1043
731caf76
L
1044@ifclear man
1045@xref{i386-Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
1046configured for an i386 processor.
1047@end ifclear
1048
1049@ifset man
1050@c man begin OPTIONS
1051The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1052an i386 processor.
1053@c man end
1054@c man begin INCLUDE
1055@include c-i386.texi
1056@c ended inside the included file
1057@end ifset
1058
1059@end ifset
1060
1061@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132
RH
1062@ifset I960
1063The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1064Intel 80960 processor.
1065
a4fb0134 1066@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1067@item -ACA | -ACA_A | -ACB | -ACC | -AKA | -AKB | -AKC | -AMC
1068Specify which variant of the 960 architecture is the target.
1069
1070@item -b
1071Add code to collect statistics about branches taken.
1072
1073@item -no-relax
1074Do not alter compare-and-branch instructions for long displacements;
1075error if necessary.
1076
1077@end table
1078@end ifset
1079
a40cbfa3
NC
1080@ifset IP2K
1081The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
ec88d317 1082Ubicom IP2K series.
a40cbfa3
NC
1083
1084@table @gcctabopt
1085
1086@item -mip2022ext
1087Specifies that the extended IP2022 instructions are allowed.
1088
1089@item -mip2022
8dfa0188 1090Restores the default behaviour, which restricts the permitted instructions to
a40cbfa3
NC
1091just the basic IP2022 ones.
1092
1093@end table
1094@end ifset
1095
49f58d10
JB
1096@ifset M32C
1097The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1098Renesas M32C and M16C processors.
1099
1100@table @gcctabopt
1101
1102@item -m32c
1103Assemble M32C instructions.
1104
1105@item -m16c
1106Assemble M16C instructions (the default).
1107
c54b5932
DD
1108@item -relax
1109Enable support for link-time relaxations.
1110
1111@item -h-tick-hex
1112Support H'00 style hex constants in addition to 0x00 style.
1113
49f58d10
JB
1114@end table
1115@end ifset
1116
ec694b89
NC
1117@ifset M32R
1118The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
26597c86 1119Renesas M32R (formerly Mitsubishi M32R) series.
ec694b89 1120
a4fb0134 1121@table @gcctabopt
ec694b89
NC
1122
1123@item --m32rx
1124Specify which processor in the M32R family is the target. The default
1125is normally the M32R, but this option changes it to the M32RX.
1126
1127@item --warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wp
1128Produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
01642c12 1129encountered.
ec694b89
NC
1130
1131@item --no-warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wnp
01642c12
RM
1132Do not produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
1133encountered.
ec694b89
NC
1134
1135@end table
1136@end ifset
252b5132
RH
1137
1138@ifset M680X0
1139The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1140Motorola 68000 series.
1141
a4fb0134 1142@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1143
1144@item -l
1145Shorten references to undefined symbols, to one word instead of two.
1146
0285c67d
NC
1147@item -m68000 | -m68008 | -m68010 | -m68020 | -m68030
1148@itemx | -m68040 | -m68060 | -m68302 | -m68331 | -m68332
1149@itemx | -m68333 | -m68340 | -mcpu32 | -m5200
252b5132
RH
1150Specify what processor in the 68000 family is the target. The default
1151is normally the 68020, but this can be changed at configuration time.
1152
1153@item -m68881 | -m68882 | -mno-68881 | -mno-68882
1154The target machine does (or does not) have a floating-point coprocessor.
1155The default is to assume a coprocessor for 68020, 68030, and cpu32. Although
1156the basic 68000 is not compatible with the 68881, a combination of the
1157two can be specified, since it's possible to do emulation of the
1158coprocessor instructions with the main processor.
1159
1160@item -m68851 | -mno-68851
1161The target machine does (or does not) have a memory-management
1162unit coprocessor. The default is to assume an MMU for 68020 and up.
1163
1164@end table
1165@end ifset
1166
36591ba1
SL
1167@ifset NIOSII
1168
1169@ifclear man
1170@xref{Nios II Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1171for an Altera Nios II processor.
1172@end ifclear
1173
1174@ifset man
1175@c man begin OPTIONS
1176The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an
1177Altera Nios II processor.
1178@c man end
1179@c man begin INCLUDE
1180@include c-nios2.texi
1181@c ended inside the included file
1182@end ifset
1183@end ifset
1184
e135f41b
NC
1185@ifset PDP11
1186
1187For details about the PDP-11 machine dependent features options,
1188see @ref{PDP-11-Options}.
1189
a4fb0134 1190@table @gcctabopt
e135f41b
NC
1191@item -mpic | -mno-pic
1192Generate position-independent (or position-dependent) code. The
a4fb0134 1193default is @option{-mpic}.
e135f41b
NC
1194
1195@item -mall
1196@itemx -mall-extensions
1197Enable all instruction set extensions. This is the default.
1198
1199@item -mno-extensions
1200Disable all instruction set extensions.
1201
1202@item -m@var{extension} | -mno-@var{extension}
1203Enable (or disable) a particular instruction set extension.
1204
1205@item -m@var{cpu}
1206Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular CPU, and
1207disable all other extensions.
1208
1209@item -m@var{machine}
1210Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular machine
1211model, and disable all other extensions.
1212@end table
1213
1214@end ifset
1215
041dd5a9
ILT
1216@ifset PJ
1217The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1218a picoJava processor.
1219
a4fb0134 1220@table @gcctabopt
041dd5a9
ILT
1221
1222@cindex PJ endianness
1223@cindex endianness, PJ
1224@cindex big endian output, PJ
1225@item -mb
1226Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1227
1228@cindex little endian output, PJ
1229@item -ml
1230Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1231
1232@end table
1233@end ifset
1234
60bcf0fa
NC
1235@ifset M68HC11
1236The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1237Motorola 68HC11 or 68HC12 series.
1238
a4fb0134 1239@table @gcctabopt
60bcf0fa 1240
6927f982 1241@item -m68hc11 | -m68hc12 | -m68hcs12 | -mm9s12x | -mm9s12xg
60bcf0fa
NC
1242Specify what processor is the target. The default is
1243defined by the configuration option when building the assembler.
1244
6927f982
NC
1245@item --xgate-ramoffset
1246Instruct the linker to offset RAM addresses from S12X address space into
1247XGATE address space.
1248
2f904664
SC
1249@item -mshort
1250Specify to use the 16-bit integer ABI.
1251
1252@item -mlong
01642c12 1253Specify to use the 32-bit integer ABI.
2f904664
SC
1254
1255@item -mshort-double
01642c12 1256Specify to use the 32-bit double ABI.
2f904664
SC
1257
1258@item -mlong-double
01642c12 1259Specify to use the 64-bit double ABI.
2f904664 1260
1370e33d 1261@item --force-long-branches
60bcf0fa
NC
1262Relative branches are turned into absolute ones. This concerns
1263conditional branches, unconditional branches and branches to a
1264sub routine.
1265
1370e33d
NC
1266@item -S | --short-branches
1267Do not turn relative branches into absolute ones
60bcf0fa
NC
1268when the offset is out of range.
1269
1270@item --strict-direct-mode
1271Do not turn the direct addressing mode into extended addressing mode
1272when the instruction does not support direct addressing mode.
1273
1274@item --print-insn-syntax
1275Print the syntax of instruction in case of error.
1276
1277@item --print-opcodes
6927f982 1278Print the list of instructions with syntax and then exit.
60bcf0fa
NC
1279
1280@item --generate-example
6927f982 1281Print an example of instruction for each possible instruction and then exit.
a4fb0134 1282This option is only useful for testing @command{@value{AS}}.
60bcf0fa
NC
1283
1284@end table
1285@end ifset
1286
252b5132 1287@ifset SPARC
a4fb0134 1288The following options are available when @command{@value{AS}} is configured
252b5132
RH
1289for the SPARC architecture:
1290
a4fb0134 1291@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1292@item -Av6 | -Av7 | -Av8 | -Asparclet | -Asparclite
1293@itemx -Av8plus | -Av8plusa | -Av9 | -Av9a
1294Explicitly select a variant of the SPARC architecture.
1295
1296@samp{-Av8plus} and @samp{-Av8plusa} select a 32 bit environment.
1297@samp{-Av9} and @samp{-Av9a} select a 64 bit environment.
1298
1299@samp{-Av8plusa} and @samp{-Av9a} enable the SPARC V9 instruction set with
1300UltraSPARC extensions.
1301
1302@item -xarch=v8plus | -xarch=v8plusa
1303For compatibility with the Solaris v9 assembler. These options are
1304equivalent to -Av8plus and -Av8plusa, respectively.
1305
1306@item -bump
1307Warn when the assembler switches to another architecture.
1308@end table
1309@end ifset
1310
39bec121
TW
1311@ifset TIC54X
1312The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the 'c54x
01642c12 1313architecture.
39bec121 1314
a4fb0134 1315@table @gcctabopt
39bec121
TW
1316@item -mfar-mode
1317Enable extended addressing mode. All addresses and relocations will assume
1318extended addressing (usually 23 bits).
1319@item -mcpu=@var{CPU_VERSION}
1320Sets the CPU version being compiled for.
1321@item -merrors-to-file @var{FILENAME}
1322Redirect error output to a file, for broken systems which don't support such
1323behaviour in the shell.
1324@end table
1325@end ifset
1326
252b5132
RH
1327@ifset MIPS
1328The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
98508b2a 1329a MIPS processor.
252b5132 1330
a4fb0134 1331@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1332@item -G @var{num}
1333This option sets the largest size of an object that can be referenced
1334implicitly with the @code{gp} register. It is only accepted for targets that
1335use ECOFF format, such as a DECstation running Ultrix. The default value is 8.
1336
1337@cindex MIPS endianness
1338@cindex endianness, MIPS
1339@cindex big endian output, MIPS
1340@item -EB
1341Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1342
1343@cindex little endian output, MIPS
1344@item -EL
1345Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1346
1347@cindex MIPS ISA
1348@item -mips1
1349@itemx -mips2
1350@itemx -mips3
e7af610e 1351@itemx -mips4
437ee9d5 1352@itemx -mips5
e7af610e 1353@itemx -mips32
af7ee8bf 1354@itemx -mips32r2
ae52f483
AB
1355@itemx -mips32r3
1356@itemx -mips32r5
7361da2c 1357@itemx -mips32r6
4058e45f 1358@itemx -mips64
5f74bc13 1359@itemx -mips64r2
ae52f483
AB
1360@itemx -mips64r3
1361@itemx -mips64r5
7361da2c 1362@itemx -mips64r6
98508b2a 1363Generate code for a particular MIPS Instruction Set Architecture level.
437ee9d5
TS
1364@samp{-mips1} is an alias for @samp{-march=r3000}, @samp{-mips2} is an
1365alias for @samp{-march=r6000}, @samp{-mips3} is an alias for
1366@samp{-march=r4000} and @samp{-mips4} is an alias for @samp{-march=r8000}.
ae52f483 1367@samp{-mips5}, @samp{-mips32}, @samp{-mips32r2}, @samp{-mips32r3},
7361da2c
AB
1368@samp{-mips32r5}, @samp{-mips32r6}, @samp{-mips64}, @samp{-mips64r2},
1369@samp{-mips64r3}, @samp{-mips64r5}, and @samp{-mips64r6} correspond to generic
1370MIPS V, MIPS32, MIPS32 Release 2, MIPS32 Release 3, MIPS32 Release 5, MIPS32
1371Release 6, MIPS64, MIPS64 Release 2, MIPS64 Release 3, MIPS64 Release 5, and
1372MIPS64 Release 6 ISA processors, respectively.
437ee9d5 1373
98508b2a
RS
1374@item -march=@var{cpu}
1375Generate code for a particular MIPS CPU.
437ee9d5
TS
1376
1377@item -mtune=@var{cpu}
98508b2a 1378Schedule and tune for a particular MIPS CPU.
437ee9d5
TS
1379
1380@item -mfix7000
1381@itemx -mno-fix7000
1382Cause nops to be inserted if the read of the destination register
1383of an mfhi or mflo instruction occurs in the following two instructions.
1384
a8d14a88
CM
1385@item -mfix-rm7000
1386@itemx -mno-fix-rm7000
1387Cause nops to be inserted if a dmult or dmultu instruction is
1388followed by a load instruction.
1389
ecb4347a
DJ
1390@item -mdebug
1391@itemx -no-mdebug
1392Cause stabs-style debugging output to go into an ECOFF-style .mdebug
1393section instead of the standard ELF .stabs sections.
1394
dcd410fe
RO
1395@item -mpdr
1396@itemx -mno-pdr
1397Control generation of @code{.pdr} sections.
1398
437ee9d5
TS
1399@item -mgp32
1400@itemx -mfp32
1401The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but these
1402flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 32 bits wide at
1403all times. @samp{-mgp32} controls the size of general-purpose registers
1404and @samp{-mfp32} controls the size of floating-point registers.
1405
351cdf24
MF
1406@item -mgp64
1407@itemx -mfp64
1408The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but these
1409flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 64 bits wide at
1410all times. @samp{-mgp64} controls the size of general-purpose registers
1411and @samp{-mfp64} controls the size of floating-point registers.
1412
1413@item -mfpxx
1414The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but using
1415this flag in combination with @samp{-mabi=32} enables an ABI variant
1416which will operate correctly with floating-point registers which are
141732 or 64 bits wide.
1418
1419@item -modd-spreg
1420@itemx -mno-odd-spreg
1421Enable use of floating-point operations on odd-numbered single-precision
1422registers when supported by the ISA. @samp{-mfpxx} implies
1423@samp{-mno-odd-spreg}, otherwise the default is @samp{-modd-spreg}.
1424
437ee9d5
TS
1425@item -mips16
1426@itemx -no-mips16
1427Generate code for the MIPS 16 processor. This is equivalent to putting
1428@code{.set mips16} at the start of the assembly file. @samp{-no-mips16}
1429turns off this option.
252b5132 1430
df58fc94
RS
1431@item -mmicromips
1432@itemx -mno-micromips
1433Generate code for the microMIPS processor. This is equivalent to putting
1434@code{.set micromips} at the start of the assembly file. @samp{-mno-micromips}
1435turns off this option. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set nomicromips}
1436at the start of the assembly file.
1437
e16bfa71
TS
1438@item -msmartmips
1439@itemx -mno-smartmips
1440Enables the SmartMIPS extension to the MIPS32 instruction set. This is
1441equivalent to putting @code{.set smartmips} at the start of the assembly file.
1442@samp{-mno-smartmips} turns off this option.
1443
1f25f5d3
CD
1444@item -mips3d
1445@itemx -no-mips3d
1446Generate code for the MIPS-3D Application Specific Extension.
1447This tells the assembler to accept MIPS-3D instructions.
1448@samp{-no-mips3d} turns off this option.
1449
deec1734
CD
1450@item -mdmx
1451@itemx -no-mdmx
1452Generate code for the MDMX Application Specific Extension.
1453This tells the assembler to accept MDMX instructions.
1454@samp{-no-mdmx} turns off this option.
1455
2ef2b9ae
CF
1456@item -mdsp
1457@itemx -mno-dsp
8b082fb1
TS
1458Generate code for the DSP Release 1 Application Specific Extension.
1459This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 1 instructions.
2ef2b9ae
CF
1460@samp{-mno-dsp} turns off this option.
1461
8b082fb1
TS
1462@item -mdspr2
1463@itemx -mno-dspr2
1464Generate code for the DSP Release 2 Application Specific Extension.
8f4f9071 1465This option implies @samp{-mdsp}.
8b082fb1
TS
1466This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 2 instructions.
1467@samp{-mno-dspr2} turns off this option.
1468
8f4f9071
MF
1469@item -mdspr3
1470@itemx -mno-dspr3
1471Generate code for the DSP Release 3 Application Specific Extension.
1472This option implies @samp{-mdsp} and @samp{-mdspr2}.
1473This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 3 instructions.
1474@samp{-mno-dspr3} turns off this option.
1475
56d438b1
CF
1476@item -mmsa
1477@itemx -mno-msa
1478Generate code for the MIPS SIMD Architecture Extension.
1479This tells the assembler to accept MSA instructions.
1480@samp{-mno-msa} turns off this option.
1481
7d64c587
AB
1482@item -mxpa
1483@itemx -mno-xpa
1484Generate code for the MIPS eXtended Physical Address (XPA) Extension.
1485This tells the assembler to accept XPA instructions.
1486@samp{-mno-xpa} turns off this option.
1487
ef2e4d86
CF
1488@item -mmt
1489@itemx -mno-mt
1490Generate code for the MT Application Specific Extension.
1491This tells the assembler to accept MT instructions.
1492@samp{-mno-mt} turns off this option.
1493
dec0624d
MR
1494@item -mmcu
1495@itemx -mno-mcu
1496Generate code for the MCU Application Specific Extension.
1497This tells the assembler to accept MCU instructions.
1498@samp{-mno-mcu} turns off this option.
1499
833794fc
MR
1500@item -minsn32
1501@itemx -mno-insn32
1502Only use 32-bit instruction encodings when generating code for the
1503microMIPS processor. This option inhibits the use of any 16-bit
1504instructions. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set insn32} at
1505the start of the assembly file. @samp{-mno-insn32} turns off this
1506option. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set noinsn32} at the
1507start of the assembly file. By default @samp{-mno-insn32} is
1508selected, allowing all instructions to be used.
1509
437ee9d5
TS
1510@item --construct-floats
1511@itemx --no-construct-floats
1512The @samp{--no-construct-floats} option disables the construction of
1513double width floating point constants by loading the two halves of the
1514value into the two single width floating point registers that make up
1515the double width register. By default @samp{--construct-floats} is
1516selected, allowing construction of these floating point constants.
252b5132 1517
3bf0dbfb
MR
1518@item --relax-branch
1519@itemx --no-relax-branch
1520The @samp{--relax-branch} option enables the relaxation of out-of-range
1521branches. By default @samp{--no-relax-branch} is selected, causing any
1522out-of-range branches to produce an error.
1523
ba92f887
MR
1524@item -mnan=@var{encoding}
1525Select between the IEEE 754-2008 (@option{-mnan=2008}) or the legacy
1526(@option{-mnan=legacy}) NaN encoding format. The latter is the default.
1527
252b5132
RH
1528@cindex emulation
1529@item --emulation=@var{name}
e8044f35
RS
1530This option was formerly used to switch between ELF and ECOFF output
1531on targets like IRIX 5 that supported both. MIPS ECOFF support was
1532removed in GAS 2.24, so the option now serves little purpose.
1533It is retained for backwards compatibility.
1534
1535The available configuration names are: @samp{mipself}, @samp{mipslelf} and
1536@samp{mipsbelf}. Choosing @samp{mipself} now has no effect, since the output
1537is always ELF. @samp{mipslelf} and @samp{mipsbelf} select little- and
1538big-endian output respectively, but @samp{-EL} and @samp{-EB} are now the
1539preferred options instead.
252b5132
RH
1540
1541@item -nocpp
a4fb0134 1542@command{@value{AS}} ignores this option. It is accepted for compatibility with
252b5132
RH
1543the native tools.
1544
252b5132
RH
1545@item --trap
1546@itemx --no-trap
1547@itemx --break
1548@itemx --no-break
1549Control how to deal with multiplication overflow and division by zero.
1550@samp{--trap} or @samp{--no-break} (which are synonyms) take a trap exception
1551(and only work for Instruction Set Architecture level 2 and higher);
1552@samp{--break} or @samp{--no-trap} (also synonyms, and the default) take a
1553break exception.
63486801
L
1554
1555@item -n
a4fb0134 1556When this option is used, @command{@value{AS}} will issue a warning every
63486801 1557time it generates a nop instruction from a macro.
252b5132
RH
1558@end table
1559@end ifset
1560
1561@ifset MCORE
1562The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1563an MCore processor.
1564
a4fb0134 1565@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1566@item -jsri2bsr
1567@itemx -nojsri2bsr
1568Enable or disable the JSRI to BSR transformation. By default this is enabled.
1569The command line option @samp{-nojsri2bsr} can be used to disable it.
1570
1571@item -sifilter
1572@itemx -nosifilter
1573Enable or disable the silicon filter behaviour. By default this is disabled.
a349d9dd 1574The default can be overridden by the @samp{-sifilter} command line option.
252b5132
RH
1575
1576@item -relax
1577Alter jump instructions for long displacements.
1578
ec694b89
NC
1579@item -mcpu=[210|340]
1580Select the cpu type on the target hardware. This controls which instructions
1581can be assembled.
1582
1583@item -EB
1584Assemble for a big endian target.
1585
1586@item -EL
1587Assemble for a little endian target.
252b5132
RH
1588
1589@end table
1590@end ifset
a3c62988 1591@c man end
252b5132 1592
a3c62988
NC
1593@ifset METAG
1594
1595@ifclear man
1596@xref{Meta Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1597for a Meta processor.
1598@end ifclear
1599
1600@ifset man
1601@c man begin OPTIONS
1602The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1603Meta processor.
1604@c man end
1605@c man begin INCLUDE
1606@include c-metag.texi
1607@c ended inside the included file
1608@end ifset
1609
1610@end ifset
1611
1612@c man begin OPTIONS
3c3bdf30
NC
1613@ifset MMIX
1614See the info pages for documentation of the MMIX-specific options.
1615@end ifset
1616
35c08157
KLC
1617@ifset NDS32
1618
1619@ifclear man
1620@xref{NDS32 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1621for a NDS32 processor.
1622@end ifclear
1623@c ended inside the included file
1624@end ifset
1625
1626@ifset man
1627@c man begin OPTIONS
1628The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1629NDS32 processor.
1630@c man end
1631@c man begin INCLUDE
1632@include c-nds32.texi
1633@c ended inside the included file
1634@end ifset
1635
635fb38d 1636@c man end
b8b738ac
AM
1637@ifset PPC
1638
1639@ifclear man
1640@xref{PowerPC-Opts}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1641for a PowerPC processor.
1642@end ifclear
1643
1644@ifset man
1645@c man begin OPTIONS
1646The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1647PowerPC processor.
1648@c man end
1649@c man begin INCLUDE
1650@include c-ppc.texi
1651@c ended inside the included file
1652@end ifset
1653
1654@end ifset
1655
e23eba97
NC
1656@ifset RISCV
1657
1658@ifclear man
1659@xref{RISC-V-Opts}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1660for a RISC-V processor.
1661@end ifclear
1662
1663@ifset man
1664@c man begin OPTIONS
1665The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1666RISC-V processor.
1667@c man end
1668@c man begin INCLUDE
1669@include c-riscv.texi
1670@c ended inside the included file
1671@end ifset
1672
1673@end ifset
1674
635fb38d 1675@c man begin OPTIONS
046d31c2
NC
1676@ifset RX
1677See the info pages for documentation of the RX-specific options.
1678@end ifset
1679
11c19e16
MS
1680@ifset S390
1681The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the s390
1682processor family.
1683
1684@table @gcctabopt
1685@item -m31
1686@itemx -m64
1687Select the word size, either 31/32 bits or 64 bits.
1688@item -mesa
1689@item -mzarch
1690Select the architecture mode, either the Enterprise System
1691Architecture (esa) or the z/Architecture mode (zarch).
1692@item -march=@var{processor}
952c3f51
AK
1693Specify which s390 processor variant is the target, @samp{g5} (or
1694@samp{arch3}), @samp{g6}, @samp{z900} (or @samp{arch5}), @samp{z990} (or
1695@samp{arch6}), @samp{z9-109}, @samp{z9-ec} (or @samp{arch7}), @samp{z10} (or
1696@samp{arch8}), @samp{z196} (or @samp{arch9}), @samp{zEC12} (or @samp{arch10}),
1697or @samp{z13} (or @samp{arch11}).
11c19e16
MS
1698@item -mregnames
1699@itemx -mno-regnames
1700Allow or disallow symbolic names for registers.
1701@item -mwarn-areg-zero
1702Warn whenever the operand for a base or index register has been specified
1703but evaluates to zero.
1704@end table
1705@end ifset
2a633939 1706@c man end
11c19e16 1707
40b36596 1708@ifset TIC6X
2a633939
JM
1709
1710@ifclear man
1711@xref{TIC6X Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1712for a TMS320C6000 processor.
1713@end ifclear
1714
1715@ifset man
1716@c man begin OPTIONS
40b36596
JM
1717The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1718TMS320C6000 processor.
2a633939
JM
1719@c man end
1720@c man begin INCLUDE
1721@include c-tic6x.texi
1722@c ended inside the included file
1723@end ifset
40b36596
JM
1724
1725@end ifset
1726
aa137e4d
NC
1727@ifset TILEGX
1728
1729@ifclear man
1730@xref{TILE-Gx Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1731for a TILE-Gx processor.
1732@end ifclear
1733
1734@ifset man
1735@c man begin OPTIONS
1736The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a TILE-Gx
1737processor.
1738@c man end
1739@c man begin INCLUDE
1740@include c-tilegx.texi
1741@c ended inside the included file
1742@end ifset
1743
1744@end ifset
1745
b6605ddd
EB
1746@ifset VISIUM
1747
1748@ifclear man
1749@xref{Visium Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1750for a Visium processor.
1751@end ifclear
1752
1753@ifset man
1754@c man begin OPTIONS
1755The following option is available when @value{AS} is configured for a Visium
1756processor.
1757@c man end
1758@c man begin INCLUDE
1759@include c-visium.texi
1760@c ended inside the included file
1761@end ifset
1762
1763@end ifset
1764
e0001a05 1765@ifset XTENSA
e0001a05 1766
2d8b84ae
SA
1767@ifclear man
1768@xref{Xtensa Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1769for an Xtensa processor.
1770@end ifclear
1771
1772@ifset man
1773@c man begin OPTIONS
1774The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an
1775Xtensa processor.
1776@c man end
1777@c man begin INCLUDE
1778@include c-xtensa.texi
1779@c ended inside the included file
e0001a05
NC
1780@end ifset
1781
2d8b84ae
SA
1782@end ifset
1783
1784@c man begin OPTIONS
1785
3c9b82ba
NC
1786@ifset Z80
1787The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1788a Z80 family processor.
1789@table @gcctabopt
1790@item -z80
1791Assemble for Z80 processor.
1792@item -r800
1793Assemble for R800 processor.
01642c12 1794@item -ignore-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1795@itemx -Wnud
1796Assemble undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800 without warning.
01642c12 1797@item -ignore-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1798@itemx -Wnup
1799Assemble all undocumented Z80 instructions without warning.
01642c12 1800@item -warn-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1801@itemx -Wud
1802Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800.
01642c12 1803@item -warn-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba 1804@itemx -Wup
01642c12
RM
1805Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800.
1806@item -forbid-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1807@itemx -Fud
1808Treat all undocumented instructions as errors.
01642c12 1809@item -forbid-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba 1810@itemx -Fup
b45619c0 1811Treat undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800 as errors.
3c9b82ba
NC
1812@end table
1813@end ifset
1814
0285c67d
NC
1815@c man end
1816
252b5132
RH
1817@menu
1818* Manual:: Structure of this Manual
1819* GNU Assembler:: The GNU Assembler
1820* Object Formats:: Object File Formats
1821* Command Line:: Command Line
1822* Input Files:: Input Files
1823* Object:: Output (Object) File
1824* Errors:: Error and Warning Messages
1825@end menu
1826
1827@node Manual
1828@section Structure of this Manual
1829
1830@cindex manual, structure and purpose
1831This manual is intended to describe what you need to know to use
a4fb0134 1832@sc{gnu} @command{@value{AS}}. We cover the syntax expected in source files, including
252b5132 1833notation for symbols, constants, and expressions; the directives that
a4fb0134 1834@command{@value{AS}} understands; and of course how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1835
1836@ifclear GENERIC
1837We also cover special features in the @value{TARGET}
a4fb0134 1838configuration of @command{@value{AS}}, including assembler directives.
252b5132
RH
1839@end ifclear
1840@ifset GENERIC
1841This manual also describes some of the machine-dependent features of
1842various flavors of the assembler.
1843@end ifset
1844
1845@cindex machine instructions (not covered)
1846On the other hand, this manual is @emph{not} intended as an introduction
1847to programming in assembly language---let alone programming in general!
1848In a similar vein, we make no attempt to introduce the machine
1849architecture; we do @emph{not} describe the instruction set, standard
1850mnemonics, registers or addressing modes that are standard to a
1851particular architecture.
1852@ifset GENERIC
1853You may want to consult the manufacturer's
1854machine architecture manual for this information.
1855@end ifset
1856@ifclear GENERIC
1857@ifset H8/300
1858For information on the H8/300 machine instruction set, see @cite{H8/300
c2dcd04e
NC
1859Series Programming Manual}. For the H8/300H, see @cite{H8/300H Series
1860Programming Manual} (Renesas).
252b5132 1861@end ifset
252b5132 1862@ifset SH
ef230218
JR
1863For information on the Renesas (formerly Hitachi) / SuperH SH machine instruction set,
1864see @cite{SH-Microcomputer User's Manual} (Renesas) or
1865@cite{SH-4 32-bit CPU Core Architecture} (SuperH) and
1866@cite{SuperH (SH) 64-Bit RISC Series} (SuperH).
252b5132
RH
1867@end ifset
1868@ifset Z8000
1869For information on the Z8000 machine instruction set, see @cite{Z8000 CPU Technical Manual}
1870@end ifset
1871@end ifclear
1872
1873@c I think this is premature---doc@cygnus.com, 17jan1991
1874@ignore
1875Throughout this manual, we assume that you are running @dfn{GNU},
1876the portable operating system from the @dfn{Free Software
1877Foundation, Inc.}. This restricts our attention to certain kinds of
1878computer (in particular, the kinds of computers that @sc{gnu} can run on);
1879once this assumption is granted examples and definitions need less
1880qualification.
1881
a4fb0134 1882@command{@value{AS}} is part of a team of programs that turn a high-level
252b5132
RH
1883human-readable series of instructions into a low-level
1884computer-readable series of instructions. Different versions of
a4fb0134 1885@command{@value{AS}} are used for different kinds of computer.
252b5132
RH
1886@end ignore
1887
1888@c There used to be a section "Terminology" here, which defined
1889@c "contents", "byte", "word", and "long". Defining "word" to any
1890@c particular size is confusing when the .word directive may generate 16
1891@c bits on one machine and 32 bits on another; in general, for the user
1892@c version of this manual, none of these terms seem essential to define.
1893@c They were used very little even in the former draft of the manual;
1894@c this draft makes an effort to avoid them (except in names of
1895@c directives).
1896
1897@node GNU Assembler
1898@section The GNU Assembler
1899
0285c67d
NC
1900@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1901
a4fb0134 1902@sc{gnu} @command{as} is really a family of assemblers.
252b5132 1903@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 1904This manual describes @command{@value{AS}}, a member of that family which is
252b5132
RH
1905configured for the @value{TARGET} architectures.
1906@end ifclear
1907If you use (or have used) the @sc{gnu} assembler on one architecture, you
1908should find a fairly similar environment when you use it on another
1909architecture. Each version has much in common with the others,
1910including object file formats, most assembler directives (often called
1911@dfn{pseudo-ops}) and assembler syntax.@refill
1912
1913@cindex purpose of @sc{gnu} assembler
a4fb0134 1914@command{@value{AS}} is primarily intended to assemble the output of the
252b5132 1915@sc{gnu} C compiler @code{@value{GCC}} for use by the linker
a4fb0134 1916@code{@value{LD}}. Nevertheless, we've tried to make @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
1917assemble correctly everything that other assemblers for the same
1918machine would assemble.
1919@ifset VAX
1920Any exceptions are documented explicitly (@pxref{Machine Dependencies}).
1921@end ifset
1922@ifset M680X0
1923@c This remark should appear in generic version of manual; assumption
1924@c here is that generic version sets M680x0.
a4fb0134 1925This doesn't mean @command{@value{AS}} always uses the same syntax as another
252b5132
RH
1926assembler for the same architecture; for example, we know of several
1927incompatible versions of 680x0 assembly language syntax.
1928@end ifset
1929
0285c67d
NC
1930@c man end
1931
a4fb0134 1932Unlike older assemblers, @command{@value{AS}} is designed to assemble a source
252b5132
RH
1933program in one pass of the source file. This has a subtle impact on the
1934@kbd{.org} directive (@pxref{Org,,@code{.org}}).
1935
1936@node Object Formats
1937@section Object File Formats
1938
1939@cindex object file format
1940The @sc{gnu} assembler can be configured to produce several alternative
1941object file formats. For the most part, this does not affect how you
1942write assembly language programs; but directives for debugging symbols
1943are typically different in different file formats. @xref{Symbol
1944Attributes,,Symbol Attributes}.
1945@ifclear GENERIC
1946@ifclear MULTI-OBJ
c1253627 1947For the @value{TARGET} target, @command{@value{AS}} is configured to produce
252b5132
RH
1948@value{OBJ-NAME} format object files.
1949@end ifclear
1950@c The following should exhaust all configs that set MULTI-OBJ, ideally
252b5132 1951@ifset I960
a4fb0134 1952On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
1953@code{b.out} or COFF format object files.
1954@end ifset
1955@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134 1956On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
1957SOM or ELF format object files.
1958@end ifset
1959@end ifclear
1960
1961@node Command Line
1962@section Command Line
1963
1964@cindex command line conventions
0285c67d 1965
a4fb0134 1966After the program name @command{@value{AS}}, the command line may contain
252b5132
RH
1967options and file names. Options may appear in any order, and may be
1968before, after, or between file names. The order of file names is
1969significant.
1970
1971@cindex standard input, as input file
1972@kindex --
1973@file{--} (two hyphens) by itself names the standard input file
a4fb0134 1974explicitly, as one of the files for @command{@value{AS}} to assemble.
252b5132
RH
1975
1976@cindex options, command line
1977Except for @samp{--} any command line argument that begins with a
1978hyphen (@samp{-}) is an option. Each option changes the behavior of
a4fb0134 1979@command{@value{AS}}. No option changes the way another option works. An
252b5132
RH
1980option is a @samp{-} followed by one or more letters; the case of
1981the letter is important. All options are optional.
1982
1983Some options expect exactly one file name to follow them. The file
1984name may either immediately follow the option's letter (compatible
1985with older assemblers) or it may be the next command argument (@sc{gnu}
1986standard). These two command lines are equivalent:
1987
1988@smallexample
1989@value{AS} -o my-object-file.o mumble.s
1990@value{AS} -omy-object-file.o mumble.s
1991@end smallexample
1992
1993@node Input Files
1994@section Input Files
1995
1996@cindex input
1997@cindex source program
1998@cindex files, input
1999We use the phrase @dfn{source program}, abbreviated @dfn{source}, to
a4fb0134 2000describe the program input to one run of @command{@value{AS}}. The program may
252b5132
RH
2001be in one or more files; how the source is partitioned into files
2002doesn't change the meaning of the source.
2003
2004@c I added "con" prefix to "catenation" just to prove I can overcome my
2005@c APL training... doc@cygnus.com
2006The source program is a concatenation of the text in all the files, in the
2007order specified.
2008
0285c67d 2009@c man begin DESCRIPTION
a4fb0134 2010Each time you run @command{@value{AS}} it assembles exactly one source
252b5132
RH
2011program. The source program is made up of one or more files.
2012(The standard input is also a file.)
2013
a4fb0134 2014You give @command{@value{AS}} a command line that has zero or more input file
252b5132
RH
2015names. The input files are read (from left file name to right). A
2016command line argument (in any position) that has no special meaning
2017is taken to be an input file name.
2018
a4fb0134
SC
2019If you give @command{@value{AS}} no file names it attempts to read one input file
2020from the @command{@value{AS}} standard input, which is normally your terminal. You
2021may have to type @key{ctl-D} to tell @command{@value{AS}} there is no more program
252b5132
RH
2022to assemble.
2023
2024Use @samp{--} if you need to explicitly name the standard input file
2025in your command line.
2026
a4fb0134 2027If the source is empty, @command{@value{AS}} produces a small, empty object
252b5132
RH
2028file.
2029
0285c67d
NC
2030@c man end
2031
252b5132
RH
2032@subheading Filenames and Line-numbers
2033
2034@cindex input file linenumbers
2035@cindex line numbers, in input files
2036There are two ways of locating a line in the input file (or files) and
2037either may be used in reporting error messages. One way refers to a line
2038number in a physical file; the other refers to a line number in a
2039``logical'' file. @xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
2040
2041@dfn{Physical files} are those files named in the command line given
a4fb0134 2042to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2043
2044@dfn{Logical files} are simply names declared explicitly by assembler
2045directives; they bear no relation to physical files. Logical file names help
a4fb0134
SC
2046error messages reflect the original source file, when @command{@value{AS}} source
2047is itself synthesized from other files. @command{@value{AS}} understands the
252b5132
RH
2048@samp{#} directives emitted by the @code{@value{GCC}} preprocessor. See also
2049@ref{File,,@code{.file}}.
2050
2051@node Object
2052@section Output (Object) File
2053
2054@cindex object file
2055@cindex output file
2056@kindex a.out
2057@kindex .o
a4fb0134 2058Every time you run @command{@value{AS}} it produces an output file, which is
252b5132
RH
2059your assembly language program translated into numbers. This file
2060is the object file. Its default name is
2061@ifclear BOUT
2062@code{a.out}.
2063@end ifclear
2064@ifset BOUT
2065@ifset GENERIC
01642c12 2066@code{a.out}, or
252b5132 2067@end ifset
a4fb0134 2068@code{b.out} when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for the Intel 80960.
252b5132 2069@end ifset
a4fb0134 2070You can give it another name by using the @option{-o} option. Conventionally,
252b5132
RH
2071object file names end with @file{.o}. The default name is used for historical
2072reasons: older assemblers were capable of assembling self-contained programs
2073directly into a runnable program. (For some formats, this isn't currently
2074possible, but it can be done for the @code{a.out} format.)
2075
2076@cindex linker
2077@kindex ld
2078The object file is meant for input to the linker @code{@value{LD}}. It contains
2079assembled program code, information to help @code{@value{LD}} integrate
2080the assembled program into a runnable file, and (optionally) symbolic
2081information for the debugger.
2082
2083@c link above to some info file(s) like the description of a.out.
2084@c don't forget to describe @sc{gnu} info as well as Unix lossage.
2085
2086@node Errors
2087@section Error and Warning Messages
2088
0285c67d
NC
2089@c man begin DESCRIPTION
2090
a349d9dd 2091@cindex error messages
252b5132
RH
2092@cindex warning messages
2093@cindex messages from assembler
a4fb0134 2094@command{@value{AS}} may write warnings and error messages to the standard error
252b5132 2095file (usually your terminal). This should not happen when a compiler
a4fb0134
SC
2096runs @command{@value{AS}} automatically. Warnings report an assumption made so
2097that @command{@value{AS}} could keep assembling a flawed program; errors report a
252b5132
RH
2098grave problem that stops the assembly.
2099
0285c67d
NC
2100@c man end
2101
252b5132
RH
2102@cindex format of warning messages
2103Warning messages have the format
2104
2105@smallexample
2106file_name:@b{NNN}:Warning Message Text
2107@end smallexample
2108
2109@noindent
72e0b254
NC
2110@cindex file names and line numbers, in warnings/errors
2111(where @b{NNN} is a line number). If both a logical file name
2112(@pxref{File,,@code{.file}}) and a logical line number
252b5132
RH
2113@ifset GENERIC
2114(@pxref{Line,,@code{.line}})
2115@end ifset
72e0b254
NC
2116have been given then they will be used, otherwise the file name and line number
2117in the current assembler source file will be used. The message text is
2118intended to be self explanatory (in the grand Unix tradition).
2119
2120Note the file name must be set via the logical version of the @code{.file}
2121directive, not the DWARF2 version of the @code{.file} directive. For example:
2122
2123@smallexample
2124 .file 2 "bar.c"
2125 error_assembler_source
2126 .file "foo.c"
2127 .line 30
2128 error_c_source
2129@end smallexample
2130
2131produces this output:
2132
2133@smallexample
2134 Assembler messages:
2135 asm.s:2: Error: no such instruction: `error_assembler_source'
2136 foo.c:31: Error: no such instruction: `error_c_source'
2137@end smallexample
252b5132
RH
2138
2139@cindex format of error messages
2140Error messages have the format
72e0b254 2141
252b5132
RH
2142@smallexample
2143file_name:@b{NNN}:FATAL:Error Message Text
2144@end smallexample
72e0b254 2145
252b5132
RH
2146The file name and line number are derived as for warning
2147messages. The actual message text may be rather less explanatory
2148because many of them aren't supposed to happen.
2149
2150@node Invoking
2151@chapter Command-Line Options
2152
2153@cindex options, all versions of assembler
2154This chapter describes command-line options available in @emph{all}
96e9638b
BW
2155versions of the @sc{gnu} assembler; see @ref{Machine Dependencies},
2156for options specific
252b5132 2157@ifclear GENERIC
c1253627 2158to the @value{TARGET} target.
252b5132
RH
2159@end ifclear
2160@ifset GENERIC
2161to particular machine architectures.
2162@end ifset
2163
0285c67d
NC
2164@c man begin DESCRIPTION
2165
c1253627 2166If you are invoking @command{@value{AS}} via the @sc{gnu} C compiler,
252b5132
RH
2167you can use the @samp{-Wa} option to pass arguments through to the assembler.
2168The assembler arguments must be separated from each other (and the @samp{-Wa})
2169by commas. For example:
2170
2171@smallexample
2172gcc -c -g -O -Wa,-alh,-L file.c
2173@end smallexample
2174
2175@noindent
2176This passes two options to the assembler: @samp{-alh} (emit a listing to
5f5e16be 2177standard output with high-level and assembly source) and @samp{-L} (retain
252b5132
RH
2178local symbols in the symbol table).
2179
2180Usually you do not need to use this @samp{-Wa} mechanism, since many compiler
2181command-line options are automatically passed to the assembler by the compiler.
2182(You can call the @sc{gnu} compiler driver with the @samp{-v} option to see
2183precisely what options it passes to each compilation pass, including the
2184assembler.)
2185
0285c67d
NC
2186@c man end
2187
252b5132 2188@menu
83f10cb2 2189* a:: -a[cdghlns] enable listings
caa32fe5 2190* alternate:: --alternate enable alternate macro syntax
252b5132
RH
2191* D:: -D for compatibility
2192* f:: -f to work faster
2193* I:: -I for .include search path
2194@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2195* K:: -K for compatibility
2196@end ifclear
2197@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2198* K:: -K for difference tables
2199@end ifset
2200
ba83aca1 2201* L:: -L to retain local symbols
c3a27914 2202* listing:: --listing-XXX to configure listing output
252b5132
RH
2203* M:: -M or --mri to assemble in MRI compatibility mode
2204* MD:: --MD for dependency tracking
2edb36e7 2205* no-pad-sections:: --no-pad-sections to stop section padding
252b5132
RH
2206* o:: -o to name the object file
2207* R:: -R to join data and text sections
2208* statistics:: --statistics to see statistics about assembly
2209* traditional-format:: --traditional-format for compatible output
2210* v:: -v to announce version
2bdd6cf5 2211* W:: -W, --no-warn, --warn, --fatal-warnings to control warnings
252b5132
RH
2212* Z:: -Z to make object file even after errors
2213@end menu
2214
2215@node a
83f10cb2 2216@section Enable Listings: @option{-a[cdghlns]}
252b5132
RH
2217
2218@kindex -a
2219@kindex -ac
2220@kindex -ad
83f10cb2 2221@kindex -ag
252b5132
RH
2222@kindex -ah
2223@kindex -al
2224@kindex -an
2225@kindex -as
2226@cindex listings, enabling
2227@cindex assembly listings, enabling
2228
2229These options enable listing output from the assembler. By itself,
2230@samp{-a} requests high-level, assembly, and symbols listing.
2231You can use other letters to select specific options for the list:
2232@samp{-ah} requests a high-level language listing,
2233@samp{-al} requests an output-program assembly listing, and
2234@samp{-as} requests a symbol table listing.
2235High-level listings require that a compiler debugging option like
2236@samp{-g} be used, and that assembly listings (@samp{-al}) be requested
2237also.
2238
83f10cb2
NC
2239Use the @samp{-ag} option to print a first section with general assembly
2240information, like @value{AS} version, switches passed, or time stamp.
2241
252b5132
RH
2242Use the @samp{-ac} option to omit false conditionals from a listing. Any lines
2243which are not assembled because of a false @code{.if} (or @code{.ifdef}, or any
2244other conditional), or a true @code{.if} followed by an @code{.else}, will be
2245omitted from the listing.
2246
2247Use the @samp{-ad} option to omit debugging directives from the
2248listing.
2249
2250Once you have specified one of these options, you can further control
2251listing output and its appearance using the directives @code{.list},
2252@code{.nolist}, @code{.psize}, @code{.eject}, @code{.title}, and
2253@code{.sbttl}.
2254The @samp{-an} option turns off all forms processing.
2255If you do not request listing output with one of the @samp{-a} options, the
2256listing-control directives have no effect.
2257
2258The letters after @samp{-a} may be combined into one option,
2259@emph{e.g.}, @samp{-aln}.
2260
96e9638b
BW
2261Note if the assembler source is coming from the standard input (e.g.,
2262because it
c3a27914
NC
2263is being created by @code{@value{GCC}} and the @samp{-pipe} command line switch
2264is being used) then the listing will not contain any comments or preprocessor
2265directives. This is because the listing code buffers input source lines from
2266stdin only after they have been preprocessed by the assembler. This reduces
2267memory usage and makes the code more efficient.
2268
caa32fe5
NC
2269@node alternate
2270@section @option{--alternate}
2271
2272@kindex --alternate
2273Begin in alternate macro mode, see @ref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
2274
252b5132 2275@node D
a4fb0134 2276@section @option{-D}
252b5132
RH
2277
2278@kindex -D
2279This option has no effect whatsoever, but it is accepted to make it more
2280likely that scripts written for other assemblers also work with
a4fb0134 2281@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2282
2283@node f
a4fb0134 2284@section Work Faster: @option{-f}
252b5132
RH
2285
2286@kindex -f
2287@cindex trusted compiler
a4fb0134 2288@cindex faster processing (@option{-f})
252b5132
RH
2289@samp{-f} should only be used when assembling programs written by a
2290(trusted) compiler. @samp{-f} stops the assembler from doing whitespace
2291and comment preprocessing on
2292the input file(s) before assembling them. @xref{Preprocessing,
2293,Preprocessing}.
2294
2295@quotation
2296@emph{Warning:} if you use @samp{-f} when the files actually need to be
a4fb0134 2297preprocessed (if they contain comments, for example), @command{@value{AS}} does
252b5132
RH
2298not work correctly.
2299@end quotation
2300
2301@node I
c1253627 2302@section @code{.include} Search Path: @option{-I} @var{path}
252b5132
RH
2303
2304@kindex -I @var{path}
2305@cindex paths for @code{.include}
2306@cindex search path for @code{.include}
2307@cindex @code{include} directive search path
2308Use this option to add a @var{path} to the list of directories
a4fb0134
SC
2309@command{@value{AS}} searches for files specified in @code{.include}
2310directives (@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You may use @option{-I} as
252b5132 2311many times as necessary to include a variety of paths. The current
a4fb0134 2312working directory is always searched first; after that, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
2313searches any @samp{-I} directories in the same order as they were
2314specified (left to right) on the command line.
2315
2316@node K
a4fb0134 2317@section Difference Tables: @option{-K}
252b5132
RH
2318
2319@kindex -K
2320@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2321On the @value{TARGET} family, this option is allowed, but has no effect. It is
2322permitted for compatibility with the @sc{gnu} assembler on other platforms,
2323where it can be used to warn when the assembler alters the machine code
2324generated for @samp{.word} directives in difference tables. The @value{TARGET}
2325family does not have the addressing limitations that sometimes lead to this
2326alteration on other platforms.
2327@end ifclear
2328
2329@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2330@cindex difference tables, warning
2331@cindex warning for altered difference tables
96e9638b
BW
2332@command{@value{AS}} sometimes alters the code emitted for directives of the
2333form @samp{.word @var{sym1}-@var{sym2}}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
252b5132
RH
2334You can use the @samp{-K} option if you want a warning issued when this
2335is done.
2336@end ifset
2337
2338@node L
ba83aca1 2339@section Include Local Symbols: @option{-L}
252b5132
RH
2340
2341@kindex -L
ba83aca1
BW
2342@cindex local symbols, retaining in output
2343Symbols beginning with system-specific local label prefixes, typically
2344@samp{.L} for ELF systems or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, are
2345called @dfn{local symbols}. @xref{Symbol Names}. Normally you do not see
2346such symbols when debugging, because they are intended for the use of
2347programs (like compilers) that compose assembler programs, not for your
2348notice. Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} discard
2349such symbols, so you do not normally debug with them.
2350
2351This option tells @command{@value{AS}} to retain those local symbols
252b5132 2352in the object file. Usually if you do this you also tell the linker
ba83aca1 2353@code{@value{LD}} to preserve those symbols.
252b5132 2354
c3a27914 2355@node listing
a4fb0134 2356@section Configuring listing output: @option{--listing}
c3a27914
NC
2357
2358The listing feature of the assembler can be enabled via the command line switch
2359@samp{-a} (@pxref{a}). This feature combines the input source file(s) with a
2360hex dump of the corresponding locations in the output object file, and displays
96e9638b
BW
2361them as a listing file. The format of this listing can be controlled by
2362directives inside the assembler source (i.e., @code{.list} (@pxref{List}),
2363@code{.title} (@pxref{Title}), @code{.sbttl} (@pxref{Sbttl}),
2364@code{.psize} (@pxref{Psize}), and
2365@code{.eject} (@pxref{Eject}) and also by the following switches:
c3a27914 2366
a4fb0134 2367@table @gcctabopt
c3a27914
NC
2368@item --listing-lhs-width=@samp{number}
2369@kindex --listing-lhs-width
2370@cindex Width of first line disassembly output
2371Sets the maximum width, in words, of the first line of the hex byte dump. This
2372dump appears on the left hand side of the listing output.
2373
2374@item --listing-lhs-width2=@samp{number}
2375@kindex --listing-lhs-width2
2376@cindex Width of continuation lines of disassembly output
2377Sets the maximum width, in words, of any further lines of the hex byte dump for
8dfa0188 2378a given input source line. If this value is not specified, it defaults to being
c3a27914
NC
2379the same as the value specified for @samp{--listing-lhs-width}. If neither
2380switch is used the default is to one.
2381
2382@item --listing-rhs-width=@samp{number}
2383@kindex --listing-rhs-width
2384@cindex Width of source line output
2385Sets the maximum width, in characters, of the source line that is displayed
2386alongside the hex dump. The default value for this parameter is 100. The
2387source line is displayed on the right hand side of the listing output.
2388
2389@item --listing-cont-lines=@samp{number}
2390@kindex --listing-cont-lines
2391@cindex Maximum number of continuation lines
2392Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex dump that will be
2393displayed for a given single line of source input. The default value is 4.
2394@end table
2395
252b5132 2396@node M
a4fb0134 2397@section Assemble in MRI Compatibility Mode: @option{-M}
252b5132
RH
2398
2399@kindex -M
2400@cindex MRI compatibility mode
a4fb0134
SC
2401The @option{-M} or @option{--mri} option selects MRI compatibility mode. This
2402changes the syntax and pseudo-op handling of @command{@value{AS}} to make it
252b5132
RH
2403compatible with the @code{ASM68K} or the @code{ASM960} (depending upon the
2404configured target) assembler from Microtec Research. The exact nature of the
2405MRI syntax will not be documented here; see the MRI manuals for more
2406information. Note in particular that the handling of macros and macro
2407arguments is somewhat different. The purpose of this option is to permit
a4fb0134 2408assembling existing MRI assembler code using @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2409
2410The MRI compatibility is not complete. Certain operations of the MRI assembler
2411depend upon its object file format, and can not be supported using other object
2412file formats. Supporting these would require enhancing each object file format
2413individually. These are:
2414
2415@itemize @bullet
2416@item global symbols in common section
2417
2418The m68k MRI assembler supports common sections which are merged by the linker.
a4fb0134 2419Other object file formats do not support this. @command{@value{AS}} handles
252b5132
RH
2420common sections by treating them as a single common symbol. It permits local
2421symbols to be defined within a common section, but it can not support global
2422symbols, since it has no way to describe them.
2423
2424@item complex relocations
2425
2426The MRI assemblers support relocations against a negated section address, and
2427relocations which combine the start addresses of two or more sections. These
2428are not support by other object file formats.
2429
2430@item @code{END} pseudo-op specifying start address
2431
2432The MRI @code{END} pseudo-op permits the specification of a start address.
2433This is not supported by other object file formats. The start address may
a4fb0134 2434instead be specified using the @option{-e} option to the linker, or in a linker
252b5132
RH
2435script.
2436
2437@item @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops
2438
2439The MRI @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops assign a module
2440name to the output file. This is not supported by other object file formats.
2441
2442@item @code{ORG} pseudo-op
2443
2444The m68k MRI @code{ORG} pseudo-op begins an absolute section at a given
a4fb0134 2445address. This differs from the usual @command{@value{AS}} @code{.org} pseudo-op,
252b5132
RH
2446which changes the location within the current section. Absolute sections are
2447not supported by other object file formats. The address of a section may be
2448assigned within a linker script.
2449@end itemize
2450
2451There are some other features of the MRI assembler which are not supported by
a4fb0134 2452@command{@value{AS}}, typically either because they are difficult or because they
252b5132
RH
2453seem of little consequence. Some of these may be supported in future releases.
2454
2455@itemize @bullet
2456
2457@item EBCDIC strings
2458
2459EBCDIC strings are not supported.
2460
2461@item packed binary coded decimal
2462
2463Packed binary coded decimal is not supported. This means that the @code{DC.P}
2464and @code{DCB.P} pseudo-ops are not supported.
2465
2466@item @code{FEQU} pseudo-op
2467
2468The m68k @code{FEQU} pseudo-op is not supported.
2469
2470@item @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op
2471
2472The m68k @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op is not supported.
2473
2474@item @code{OPT} branch control options
2475
2476The m68k @code{OPT} branch control options---@code{B}, @code{BRS}, @code{BRB},
a4fb0134 2477@code{BRL}, and @code{BRW}---are ignored. @command{@value{AS}} automatically
252b5132
RH
2478relaxes all branches, whether forward or backward, to an appropriate size, so
2479these options serve no purpose.
2480
2481@item @code{OPT} list control options
2482
2483The following m68k @code{OPT} list control options are ignored: @code{C},
2484@code{CEX}, @code{CL}, @code{CRE}, @code{E}, @code{G}, @code{I}, @code{M},
2485@code{MEX}, @code{MC}, @code{MD}, @code{X}.
2486
2487@item other @code{OPT} options
2488
2489The following m68k @code{OPT} options are ignored: @code{NEST}, @code{O},
2490@code{OLD}, @code{OP}, @code{P}, @code{PCO}, @code{PCR}, @code{PCS}, @code{R}.
2491
2492@item @code{OPT} @code{D} option is default
2493
2494The m68k @code{OPT} @code{D} option is the default, unlike the MRI assembler.
2495@code{OPT NOD} may be used to turn it off.
2496
2497@item @code{XREF} pseudo-op.
2498
2499The m68k @code{XREF} pseudo-op is ignored.
2500
2501@item @code{.debug} pseudo-op
2502
2503The i960 @code{.debug} pseudo-op is not supported.
2504
2505@item @code{.extended} pseudo-op
2506
2507The i960 @code{.extended} pseudo-op is not supported.
2508
2509@item @code{.list} pseudo-op.
2510
2511The various options of the i960 @code{.list} pseudo-op are not supported.
2512
2513@item @code{.optimize} pseudo-op
2514
2515The i960 @code{.optimize} pseudo-op is not supported.
2516
2517@item @code{.output} pseudo-op
2518
2519The i960 @code{.output} pseudo-op is not supported.
2520
2521@item @code{.setreal} pseudo-op
2522
2523The i960 @code{.setreal} pseudo-op is not supported.
2524
2525@end itemize
2526
2527@node MD
c1253627 2528@section Dependency Tracking: @option{--MD}
252b5132
RH
2529
2530@kindex --MD
2531@cindex dependency tracking
2532@cindex make rules
2533
a4fb0134 2534@command{@value{AS}} can generate a dependency file for the file it creates. This
252b5132
RH
2535file consists of a single rule suitable for @code{make} describing the
2536dependencies of the main source file.
2537
2538The rule is written to the file named in its argument.
2539
2540This feature is used in the automatic updating of makefiles.
2541
2edb36e7
NC
2542@node no-pad-sections
2543@section Output Section Padding
2544@kindex --no-pad-sections
2545@cindex output section padding
2546Normally the assembler will pad the end of each output section up to its
2547alignment boundary. But this can waste space, which can be significant on
2548memory constrained targets. So the @option{--no-pad-sections} option will
2549disable this behaviour.
2550
252b5132 2551@node o
a4fb0134 2552@section Name the Object File: @option{-o}
252b5132
RH
2553
2554@kindex -o
2555@cindex naming object file
2556@cindex object file name
a4fb0134 2557There is always one object file output when you run @command{@value{AS}}. By
252b5132
RH
2558default it has the name
2559@ifset GENERIC
2560@ifset I960
2561@file{a.out} (or @file{b.out}, for Intel 960 targets only).
2562@end ifset
2563@ifclear I960
2564@file{a.out}.
2565@end ifclear
2566@end ifset
2567@ifclear GENERIC
2568@ifset I960
2569@file{b.out}.
2570@end ifset
2571@ifclear I960
2572@file{a.out}.
2573@end ifclear
2574@end ifclear
2575You use this option (which takes exactly one filename) to give the
2576object file a different name.
2577
a4fb0134 2578Whatever the object file is called, @command{@value{AS}} overwrites any
252b5132
RH
2579existing file of the same name.
2580
2581@node R
a4fb0134 2582@section Join Data and Text Sections: @option{-R}
252b5132
RH
2583
2584@kindex -R
2585@cindex data and text sections, joining
2586@cindex text and data sections, joining
2587@cindex joining text and data sections
2588@cindex merging text and data sections
a4fb0134 2589@option{-R} tells @command{@value{AS}} to write the object file as if all
252b5132
RH
2590data-section data lives in the text section. This is only done at
2591the very last moment: your binary data are the same, but data
2592section parts are relocated differently. The data section part of
2593your object file is zero bytes long because all its bytes are
2594appended to the text section. (@xref{Sections,,Sections and Relocation}.)
2595
a4fb0134 2596When you specify @option{-R} it would be possible to generate shorter
252b5132
RH
2597address displacements (because we do not have to cross between text and
2598data section). We refrain from doing this simply for compatibility with
a4fb0134 2599older versions of @command{@value{AS}}. In future, @option{-R} may work this way.
252b5132 2600
c1253627
NC
2601@ifset COFF-ELF
2602When @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF or ELF output,
252b5132
RH
2603this option is only useful if you use sections named @samp{.text} and
2604@samp{.data}.
2605@end ifset
2606
2607@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134
SC
2608@option{-R} is not supported for any of the HPPA targets. Using
2609@option{-R} generates a warning from @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2610@end ifset
2611
2612@node statistics
a4fb0134 2613@section Display Assembly Statistics: @option{--statistics}
252b5132
RH
2614
2615@kindex --statistics
2616@cindex statistics, about assembly
2617@cindex time, total for assembly
2618@cindex space used, maximum for assembly
2619Use @samp{--statistics} to display two statistics about the resources used by
a4fb0134 2620@command{@value{AS}}: the maximum amount of space allocated during the assembly
252b5132
RH
2621(in bytes), and the total execution time taken for the assembly (in @sc{cpu}
2622seconds).
2623
2624@node traditional-format
c1253627 2625@section Compatible Output: @option{--traditional-format}
252b5132
RH
2626
2627@kindex --traditional-format
a4fb0134 2628For some targets, the output of @command{@value{AS}} is different in some ways
252b5132 2629from the output of some existing assembler. This switch requests
a4fb0134 2630@command{@value{AS}} to use the traditional format instead.
252b5132
RH
2631
2632For example, it disables the exception frame optimizations which
a4fb0134 2633@command{@value{AS}} normally does by default on @code{@value{GCC}} output.
252b5132
RH
2634
2635@node v
a4fb0134 2636@section Announce Version: @option{-v}
252b5132
RH
2637
2638@kindex -v
2639@kindex -version
2640@cindex assembler version
2641@cindex version of assembler
2642You can find out what version of as is running by including the
2643option @samp{-v} (which you can also spell as @samp{-version}) on the
2644command line.
2645
2646@node W
a4fb0134 2647@section Control Warnings: @option{-W}, @option{--warn}, @option{--no-warn}, @option{--fatal-warnings}
252b5132 2648
a4fb0134 2649@command{@value{AS}} should never give a warning or error message when
252b5132 2650assembling compiler output. But programs written by people often
a4fb0134 2651cause @command{@value{AS}} to give a warning that a particular assumption was
252b5132 2652made. All such warnings are directed to the standard error file.
2bdd6cf5 2653
c1253627
NC
2654@kindex -W
2655@kindex --no-warn
2bdd6cf5
GK
2656@cindex suppressing warnings
2657@cindex warnings, suppressing
a4fb0134 2658If you use the @option{-W} and @option{--no-warn} options, no warnings are issued.
2bdd6cf5 2659This only affects the warning messages: it does not change any particular of
a4fb0134 2660how @command{@value{AS}} assembles your file. Errors, which stop the assembly,
2bdd6cf5
GK
2661are still reported.
2662
c1253627 2663@kindex --fatal-warnings
2bdd6cf5
GK
2664@cindex errors, caused by warnings
2665@cindex warnings, causing error
a4fb0134 2666If you use the @option{--fatal-warnings} option, @command{@value{AS}} considers
2bdd6cf5
GK
2667files that generate warnings to be in error.
2668
c1253627 2669@kindex --warn
2bdd6cf5 2670@cindex warnings, switching on
a4fb0134 2671You can switch these options off again by specifying @option{--warn}, which
2bdd6cf5 2672causes warnings to be output as usual.
252b5132
RH
2673
2674@node Z
a4fb0134 2675@section Generate Object File in Spite of Errors: @option{-Z}
252b5132
RH
2676@cindex object file, after errors
2677@cindex errors, continuing after
a4fb0134 2678After an error message, @command{@value{AS}} normally produces no output. If for
252b5132 2679some reason you are interested in object file output even after
a4fb0134
SC
2680@command{@value{AS}} gives an error message on your program, use the @samp{-Z}
2681option. If there are any errors, @command{@value{AS}} continues anyways, and
252b5132
RH
2682writes an object file after a final warning message of the form @samp{@var{n}
2683errors, @var{m} warnings, generating bad object file.}
2684
2685@node Syntax
2686@chapter Syntax
2687
2688@cindex machine-independent syntax
2689@cindex syntax, machine-independent
2690This chapter describes the machine-independent syntax allowed in a
a4fb0134 2691source file. @command{@value{AS}} syntax is similar to what many other
252b5132
RH
2692assemblers use; it is inspired by the BSD 4.2
2693@ifclear VAX
2694assembler.
2695@end ifclear
2696@ifset VAX
a4fb0134 2697assembler, except that @command{@value{AS}} does not assemble Vax bit-fields.
252b5132
RH
2698@end ifset
2699
2700@menu
7c31ae13 2701* Preprocessing:: Preprocessing
252b5132
RH
2702* Whitespace:: Whitespace
2703* Comments:: Comments
2704* Symbol Intro:: Symbols
2705* Statements:: Statements
2706* Constants:: Constants
2707@end menu
2708
2709@node Preprocessing
2710@section Preprocessing
2711
2712@cindex preprocessing
a4fb0134 2713The @command{@value{AS}} internal preprocessor:
252b5132
RH
2714@itemize @bullet
2715@cindex whitespace, removed by preprocessor
2716@item
2717adjusts and removes extra whitespace. It leaves one space or tab before
2718the keywords on a line, and turns any other whitespace on the line into
2719a single space.
2720
2721@cindex comments, removed by preprocessor
2722@item
2723removes all comments, replacing them with a single space, or an
2724appropriate number of newlines.
2725
2726@cindex constants, converted by preprocessor
2727@item
2728converts character constants into the appropriate numeric values.
2729@end itemize
2730
2731It does not do macro processing, include file handling, or
2732anything else you may get from your C compiler's preprocessor. You can
2733do include file processing with the @code{.include} directive
2734(@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You can use the @sc{gnu} C compiler driver
c1253627 2735to get other ``CPP'' style preprocessing by giving the input file a
96e9638b 2736@samp{.S} suffix. @xref{Overall Options, ,Options Controlling the Kind of
2edb36e7 2737Output, gcc info, Using GNU CC}.
252b5132
RH
2738
2739Excess whitespace, comments, and character constants
2740cannot be used in the portions of the input text that are not
2741preprocessed.
2742
2743@cindex turning preprocessing on and off
2744@cindex preprocessing, turning on and off
2745@kindex #NO_APP
2746@kindex #APP
2747If the first line of an input file is @code{#NO_APP} or if you use the
2748@samp{-f} option, whitespace and comments are not removed from the input file.
2749Within an input file, you can ask for whitespace and comment removal in
2750specific portions of the by putting a line that says @code{#APP} before the
2751text that may contain whitespace or comments, and putting a line that says
2752@code{#NO_APP} after this text. This feature is mainly intend to support
2753@code{asm} statements in compilers whose output is otherwise free of comments
2754and whitespace.
2755
2756@node Whitespace
2757@section Whitespace
2758
2759@cindex whitespace
2760@dfn{Whitespace} is one or more blanks or tabs, in any order.
2761Whitespace is used to separate symbols, and to make programs neater for
2762people to read. Unless within character constants
2763(@pxref{Characters,,Character Constants}), any whitespace means the same
2764as exactly one space.
2765
2766@node Comments
2767@section Comments
2768
2769@cindex comments
a4fb0134 2770There are two ways of rendering comments to @command{@value{AS}}. In both
252b5132
RH
2771cases the comment is equivalent to one space.
2772
2773Anything from @samp{/*} through the next @samp{*/} is a comment.
2774This means you may not nest these comments.
2775
2776@smallexample
2777/*
2778 The only way to include a newline ('\n') in a comment
2779 is to use this sort of comment.
2780*/
2781
2782/* This sort of comment does not nest. */
2783@end smallexample
2784
2785@cindex line comment character
7c31ae13
NC
2786Anything from a @dfn{line comment} character up to the next newline is
2787considered a comment and is ignored. The line comment character is target
2788specific, and some targets multiple comment characters. Some targets also have
2789line comment characters that only work if they are the first character on a
2790line. Some targets use a sequence of two characters to introduce a line
2791comment. Some targets can also change their line comment characters depending
2792upon command line options that have been used. For more details see the
2793@emph{Syntax} section in the documentation for individual targets.
2794
2795If the line comment character is the hash sign (@samp{#}) then it still has the
2796special ability to enable and disable preprocessing (@pxref{Preprocessing}) and
2797to specify logical line numbers:
252b5132
RH
2798
2799@kindex #
2800@cindex lines starting with @code{#}
2801@cindex logical line numbers
2802To be compatible with past assemblers, lines that begin with @samp{#} have a
2803special interpretation. Following the @samp{#} should be an absolute
2804expression (@pxref{Expressions}): the logical line number of the @emph{next}
96e9638b 2805line. Then a string (@pxref{Strings, ,Strings}) is allowed: if present it is a
252b5132
RH
2806new logical file name. The rest of the line, if any, should be whitespace.
2807
2808If the first non-whitespace characters on the line are not numeric,
2809the line is ignored. (Just like a comment.)
2810
2811@smallexample
2812 # This is an ordinary comment.
2813# 42-6 "new_file_name" # New logical file name
2814 # This is logical line # 36.
2815@end smallexample
2816This feature is deprecated, and may disappear from future versions
a4fb0134 2817of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2818
2819@node Symbol Intro
2820@section Symbols
2821
2822@cindex characters used in symbols
2823@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
2824A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2825letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2826@samp{_.$}.
2827@end ifclear
2828@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
2829@ifclear GENERIC
2830@ifset H8
2831A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2832letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2833@samp{._$}. (Save that, on the H8/300 only, you may not use @samp{$} in
2834symbol names.)
2835@end ifset
2836@end ifclear
2837@end ifset
2838@ifset GENERIC
2839On most machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions
2840are noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}.
2841@end ifset
2842No symbol may begin with a digit. Case is significant.
d02603dc 2843There is no length limit; all characters are significant. Multibyte characters
7bfd842d
NC
2844are supported. Symbols are delimited by characters not in that set, or by the
2845beginning of a file (since the source program must end with a newline, the end
2846of a file is not a possible symbol delimiter). @xref{Symbols}.
d02603dc
NC
2847
2848Symbol names may also be enclosed in double quote @code{"} characters. In such
2849cases any characters are allowed, except for the NUL character. If a double
2850quote character is to be included in the symbol name it must be preceeded by a
2851backslash @code{\} character.
252b5132
RH
2852@cindex length of symbols
2853
2854@node Statements
2855@section Statements
2856
2857@cindex statements, structure of
2858@cindex line separator character
2859@cindex statement separator character
7c31ae13
NC
2860
2861A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or a
2862@dfn{line separator character}. The line separator character is target
2863specific and described in the @emph{Syntax} section of each
2864target's documentation. Not all targets support a line separator character.
2865The newline or line separator character is considered to be part of the
2866preceding statement. Newlines and separators within character constants are an
252b5132 2867exception: they do not end statements.
252b5132
RH
2868
2869@cindex newline, required at file end
2870@cindex EOF, newline must precede
2871It is an error to end any statement with end-of-file: the last
2872character of any input file should be a newline.@refill
2873
2874An empty statement is allowed, and may include whitespace. It is ignored.
2875
2876@cindex instructions and directives
2877@cindex directives and instructions
2878@c "key symbol" is not used elsewhere in the document; seems pedantic to
2879@c @defn{} it in that case, as was done previously... doc@cygnus.com,
2880@c 13feb91.
2881A statement begins with zero or more labels, optionally followed by a
2882key symbol which determines what kind of statement it is. The key
2883symbol determines the syntax of the rest of the statement. If the
2884symbol begins with a dot @samp{.} then the statement is an assembler
2885directive: typically valid for any computer. If the symbol begins with
2886a letter the statement is an assembly language @dfn{instruction}: it
2887assembles into a machine language instruction.
2888@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 2889Different versions of @command{@value{AS}} for different computers
252b5132
RH
2890recognize different instructions. In fact, the same symbol may
2891represent a different instruction in a different computer's assembly
2892language.@refill
2893@end ifset
2894
2895@cindex @code{:} (label)
2896@cindex label (@code{:})
2897A label is a symbol immediately followed by a colon (@code{:}).
2898Whitespace before a label or after a colon is permitted, but you may not
2899have whitespace between a label's symbol and its colon. @xref{Labels}.
2900
2901@ifset HPPA
01642c12 2902For HPPA targets, labels need not be immediately followed by a colon, but
252b5132
RH
2903the definition of a label must begin in column zero. This also implies that
2904only one label may be defined on each line.
2905@end ifset
2906
2907@smallexample
2908label: .directive followed by something
2909another_label: # This is an empty statement.
2910 instruction operand_1, operand_2, @dots{}
2911@end smallexample
2912
2913@node Constants
2914@section Constants
2915
2916@cindex constants
2917A constant is a number, written so that its value is known by
2918inspection, without knowing any context. Like this:
2919@smallexample
2920@group
2921.byte 74, 0112, 092, 0x4A, 0X4a, 'J, '\J # All the same value.
2922.ascii "Ring the bell\7" # A string constant.
2923.octa 0x123456789abcdef0123456789ABCDEF0 # A bignum.
2924.float 0f-314159265358979323846264338327\
292595028841971.693993751E-40 # - pi, a flonum.
2926@end group
2927@end smallexample
2928
2929@menu
2930* Characters:: Character Constants
2931* Numbers:: Number Constants
2932@end menu
2933
2934@node Characters
2935@subsection Character Constants
2936
2937@cindex character constants
2938@cindex constants, character
2939There are two kinds of character constants. A @dfn{character} stands
2940for one character in one byte and its value may be used in
2941numeric expressions. String constants (properly called string
2942@emph{literals}) are potentially many bytes and their values may not be
2943used in arithmetic expressions.
2944
2945@menu
2946* Strings:: Strings
2947* Chars:: Characters
2948@end menu
2949
2950@node Strings
2951@subsubsection Strings
2952
2953@cindex string constants
2954@cindex constants, string
2955A @dfn{string} is written between double-quotes. It may contain
2956double-quotes or null characters. The way to get special characters
2957into a string is to @dfn{escape} these characters: precede them with
2958a backslash @samp{\} character. For example @samp{\\} represents
2959one backslash: the first @code{\} is an escape which tells
a4fb0134
SC
2960@command{@value{AS}} to interpret the second character literally as a backslash
2961(which prevents @command{@value{AS}} from recognizing the second @code{\} as an
252b5132
RH
2962escape character). The complete list of escapes follows.
2963
2964@cindex escape codes, character
2965@cindex character escape codes
361fa3a4
NC
2966@c NOTE: Cindex entries must not start with a backlash character.
2967@c NOTE: This confuses the pdf2texi script when it is creating the
2968@c NOTE: index based upon the first character and so it generates:
2969@c NOTE: \initial {\\}
2970@c NOTE: which then results in the error message:
2971@c NOTE: Argument of \\ has an extra }.
2972@c NOTE: So in the index entries below a space character has been
2973@c NOTE: prepended to avoid this problem.
252b5132
RH
2974@table @kbd
2975@c @item \a
2976@c Mnemonic for ACKnowledge; for ASCII this is octal code 007.
2977@c
361fa3a4 2978@cindex @code{ \b} (backspace character)
252b5132
RH
2979@cindex backspace (@code{\b})
2980@item \b
2981Mnemonic for backspace; for ASCII this is octal code 010.
2982
2983@c @item \e
2984@c Mnemonic for EOText; for ASCII this is octal code 004.
2985@c
361fa3a4 2986@cindex @code{ \f} (formfeed character)
252b5132 2987@cindex formfeed (@code{\f})
361fa3a4 2988@item backslash-f
252b5132
RH
2989Mnemonic for FormFeed; for ASCII this is octal code 014.
2990
361fa3a4 2991@cindex @code{ \n} (newline character)
252b5132
RH
2992@cindex newline (@code{\n})
2993@item \n
2994Mnemonic for newline; for ASCII this is octal code 012.
2995
2996@c @item \p
2997@c Mnemonic for prefix; for ASCII this is octal code 033, usually known as @code{escape}.
2998@c
361fa3a4
NC
2999@cindex @code{ \r} (carriage return character)
3000@cindex carriage return (@code{backslash-r})
252b5132
RH
3001@item \r
3002Mnemonic for carriage-Return; for ASCII this is octal code 015.
3003
3004@c @item \s
3005@c Mnemonic for space; for ASCII this is octal code 040. Included for compliance with
3006@c other assemblers.
3007@c
361fa3a4 3008@cindex @code{ \t} (tab)
252b5132
RH
3009@cindex tab (@code{\t})
3010@item \t
3011Mnemonic for horizontal Tab; for ASCII this is octal code 011.
3012
3013@c @item \v
3014@c Mnemonic for Vertical tab; for ASCII this is octal code 013.
3015@c @item \x @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
3016@c A hexadecimal character code. The numeric code is 3 hexadecimal digits.
3017@c
361fa3a4 3018@cindex @code{ \@var{ddd}} (octal character code)
252b5132
RH
3019@cindex octal character code (@code{\@var{ddd}})
3020@item \ @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
3021An octal character code. The numeric code is 3 octal digits.
3022For compatibility with other Unix systems, 8 and 9 are accepted as digits:
3023for example, @code{\008} has the value 010, and @code{\009} the value 011.
3024
361fa3a4 3025@cindex @code{ \@var{xd...}} (hex character code)
252b5132
RH
3026@cindex hex character code (@code{\@var{xd...}})
3027@item \@code{x} @var{hex-digits...}
3028A hex character code. All trailing hex digits are combined. Either upper or
3029lower case @code{x} works.
3030
361fa3a4 3031@cindex @code{ \\} (@samp{\} character)
252b5132
RH
3032@cindex backslash (@code{\\})
3033@item \\
3034Represents one @samp{\} character.
3035
3036@c @item \'
3037@c Represents one @samp{'} (accent acute) character.
3038@c This is needed in single character literals
3039@c (@xref{Characters,,Character Constants}.) to represent
3040@c a @samp{'}.
3041@c
361fa3a4 3042@cindex @code{ \"} (doublequote character)
252b5132
RH
3043@cindex doublequote (@code{\"})
3044@item \"
3045Represents one @samp{"} character. Needed in strings to represent
3046this character, because an unescaped @samp{"} would end the string.
3047
3048@item \ @var{anything-else}
3049Any other character when escaped by @kbd{\} gives a warning, but
3050assembles as if the @samp{\} was not present. The idea is that if
3051you used an escape sequence you clearly didn't want the literal
a4fb0134
SC
3052interpretation of the following character. However @command{@value{AS}} has no
3053other interpretation, so @command{@value{AS}} knows it is giving you the wrong
252b5132
RH
3054code and warns you of the fact.
3055@end table
3056
3057Which characters are escapable, and what those escapes represent,
3058varies widely among assemblers. The current set is what we think
3059the BSD 4.2 assembler recognizes, and is a subset of what most C
3060compilers recognize. If you are in doubt, do not use an escape
3061sequence.
3062
3063@node Chars
3064@subsubsection Characters
3065
3066@cindex single character constant
3067@cindex character, single
3068@cindex constant, single character
3069A single character may be written as a single quote immediately
3070followed by that character. The same escapes apply to characters as
3071to strings. So if you want to write the character backslash, you
3072must write @kbd{'\\} where the first @code{\} escapes the second
3073@code{\}. As you can see, the quote is an acute accent, not a
3074grave accent. A newline
3075@ifclear GENERIC
3076@ifclear abnormal-separator
3077(or semicolon @samp{;})
3078@end ifclear
3079@ifset abnormal-separator
252b5132
RH
3080@ifset H8
3081(or dollar sign @samp{$}, for the H8/300; or semicolon @samp{;} for the
7be1c489 3082Renesas SH)
252b5132
RH
3083@end ifset
3084@end ifset
3085@end ifclear
3086immediately following an acute accent is taken as a literal character
3087and does not count as the end of a statement. The value of a character
3088constant in a numeric expression is the machine's byte-wide code for
a4fb0134 3089that character. @command{@value{AS}} assumes your character code is ASCII:
252b5132
RH
3090@kbd{'A} means 65, @kbd{'B} means 66, and so on. @refill
3091
3092@node Numbers
3093@subsection Number Constants
3094
3095@cindex constants, number
3096@cindex number constants
a4fb0134 3097@command{@value{AS}} distinguishes three kinds of numbers according to how they
252b5132
RH
3098are stored in the target machine. @emph{Integers} are numbers that
3099would fit into an @code{int} in the C language. @emph{Bignums} are
3100integers, but they are stored in more than 32 bits. @emph{Flonums}
3101are floating point numbers, described below.
3102
3103@menu
3104* Integers:: Integers
3105* Bignums:: Bignums
3106* Flonums:: Flonums
3107@ifclear GENERIC
3108@ifset I960
3109* Bit Fields:: Bit Fields
3110@end ifset
3111@end ifclear
3112@end menu
3113
3114@node Integers
3115@subsubsection Integers
3116@cindex integers
3117@cindex constants, integer
3118
3119@cindex binary integers
3120@cindex integers, binary
3121A binary integer is @samp{0b} or @samp{0B} followed by zero or more of
3122the binary digits @samp{01}.
3123
3124@cindex octal integers
3125@cindex integers, octal
3126An octal integer is @samp{0} followed by zero or more of the octal
3127digits (@samp{01234567}).
3128
3129@cindex decimal integers
3130@cindex integers, decimal
3131A decimal integer starts with a non-zero digit followed by zero or
3132more digits (@samp{0123456789}).
3133
3134@cindex hexadecimal integers
3135@cindex integers, hexadecimal
3136A hexadecimal integer is @samp{0x} or @samp{0X} followed by one or
3137more hexadecimal digits chosen from @samp{0123456789abcdefABCDEF}.
3138
3139Integers have the usual values. To denote a negative integer, use
3140the prefix operator @samp{-} discussed under expressions
3141(@pxref{Prefix Ops,,Prefix Operators}).
3142
3143@node Bignums
3144@subsubsection Bignums
3145
3146@cindex bignums
3147@cindex constants, bignum
3148A @dfn{bignum} has the same syntax and semantics as an integer
3149except that the number (or its negative) takes more than 32 bits to
3150represent in binary. The distinction is made because in some places
3151integers are permitted while bignums are not.
3152
3153@node Flonums
3154@subsubsection Flonums
3155@cindex flonums
3156@cindex floating point numbers
3157@cindex constants, floating point
3158
3159@cindex precision, floating point
3160A @dfn{flonum} represents a floating point number. The translation is
3161indirect: a decimal floating point number from the text is converted by
a4fb0134 3162@command{@value{AS}} to a generic binary floating point number of more than
252b5132
RH
3163sufficient precision. This generic floating point number is converted
3164to a particular computer's floating point format (or formats) by a
a4fb0134 3165portion of @command{@value{AS}} specialized to that computer.
252b5132
RH
3166
3167A flonum is written by writing (in order)
3168@itemize @bullet
3169@item
3170The digit @samp{0}.
3171@ifset HPPA
3172(@samp{0} is optional on the HPPA.)
3173@end ifset
3174
3175@item
a4fb0134 3176A letter, to tell @command{@value{AS}} the rest of the number is a flonum.
252b5132
RH
3177@ifset GENERIC
3178@kbd{e} is recommended. Case is not important.
3179@ignore
3180@c FIXME: verify if flonum syntax really this vague for most cases
3181(Any otherwise illegal letter works here, but that might be changed. Vax BSD
31824.2 assembler seems to allow any of @samp{defghDEFGH}.)
3183@end ignore
3184
7be1c489 3185On the H8/300, Renesas / SuperH SH,
252b5132
RH
3186and AMD 29K architectures, the letter must be
3187one of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
3188
3189On the ARC, the letter must be one of the letters @samp{DFRS}
3190(in upper or lower case).
3191
3192On the Intel 960 architecture, the letter must be
3193one of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
3194
3195On the HPPA architecture, the letter must be @samp{E} (upper case only).
3196@end ifset
3197@ifclear GENERIC
252b5132
RH
3198@ifset ARC
3199One of the letters @samp{DFRS} (in upper or lower case).
3200@end ifset
3201@ifset H8
3202One of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
3203@end ifset
3204@ifset HPPA
3205The letter @samp{E} (upper case only).
3206@end ifset
3207@ifset I960
3208One of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
3209@end ifset
3210@end ifclear
3211
3212@item
3213An optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
3214
3215@item
3216An optional @dfn{integer part}: zero or more decimal digits.
3217
3218@item
3219An optional @dfn{fractional part}: @samp{.} followed by zero
3220or more decimal digits.
3221
3222@item
3223An optional exponent, consisting of:
3224
3225@itemize @bullet
3226@item
3227An @samp{E} or @samp{e}.
3228@c I can't find a config where "EXP_CHARS" is other than 'eE', but in
3229@c principle this can perfectly well be different on different targets.
3230@item
3231Optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
3232@item
3233One or more decimal digits.
3234@end itemize
3235
3236@end itemize
3237
3238At least one of the integer part or the fractional part must be
3239present. The floating point number has the usual base-10 value.
3240
a4fb0134 3241@command{@value{AS}} does all processing using integers. Flonums are computed
252b5132 3242independently of any floating point hardware in the computer running
a4fb0134 3243@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3244
3245@ifclear GENERIC
3246@ifset I960
3247@c Bit fields are written as a general facility but are also controlled
3248@c by a conditional-compilation flag---which is as of now (21mar91)
3249@c turned on only by the i960 config of GAS.
3250@node Bit Fields
3251@subsubsection Bit Fields
3252
3253@cindex bit fields
3254@cindex constants, bit field
3255You can also define numeric constants as @dfn{bit fields}.
b45619c0 3256Specify two numbers separated by a colon---
252b5132
RH
3257@example
3258@var{mask}:@var{value}
3259@end example
3260@noindent
a4fb0134 3261@command{@value{AS}} applies a bitwise @sc{and} between @var{mask} and
252b5132
RH
3262@var{value}.
3263
3264The resulting number is then packed
3265@ifset GENERIC
3266@c this conditional paren in case bit fields turned on elsewhere than 960
3267(in host-dependent byte order)
3268@end ifset
3269into a field whose width depends on which assembler directive has the
3270bit-field as its argument. Overflow (a result from the bitwise and
3271requiring more binary digits to represent) is not an error; instead,
3272more constants are generated, of the specified width, beginning with the
3273least significant digits.@refill
3274
3275The directives @code{.byte}, @code{.hword}, @code{.int}, @code{.long},
3276@code{.short}, and @code{.word} accept bit-field arguments.
3277@end ifset
3278@end ifclear
3279
3280@node Sections
3281@chapter Sections and Relocation
3282@cindex sections
3283@cindex relocation
3284
3285@menu
3286* Secs Background:: Background
3287* Ld Sections:: Linker Sections
3288* As Sections:: Assembler Internal Sections
3289* Sub-Sections:: Sub-Sections
3290* bss:: bss Section
3291@end menu
3292
3293@node Secs Background
3294@section Background
3295
3296Roughly, a section is a range of addresses, with no gaps; all data
3297``in'' those addresses is treated the same for some particular purpose.
3298For example there may be a ``read only'' section.
3299
3300@cindex linker, and assembler
3301@cindex assembler, and linker
3302The linker @code{@value{LD}} reads many object files (partial programs) and
a4fb0134 3303combines their contents to form a runnable program. When @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
3304emits an object file, the partial program is assumed to start at address 0.
3305@code{@value{LD}} assigns the final addresses for the partial program, so that
3306different partial programs do not overlap. This is actually an
a4fb0134 3307oversimplification, but it suffices to explain how @command{@value{AS}} uses
252b5132
RH
3308sections.
3309
3310@code{@value{LD}} moves blocks of bytes of your program to their run-time
3311addresses. These blocks slide to their run-time addresses as rigid
3312units; their length does not change and neither does the order of bytes
3313within them. Such a rigid unit is called a @emph{section}. Assigning
3314run-time addresses to sections is called @dfn{relocation}. It includes
3315the task of adjusting mentions of object-file addresses so they refer to
3316the proper run-time addresses.
3317@ifset H8
7be1c489 3318For the H8/300, and for the Renesas / SuperH SH,
a4fb0134 3319@command{@value{AS}} pads sections if needed to
252b5132
RH
3320ensure they end on a word (sixteen bit) boundary.
3321@end ifset
3322
3323@cindex standard assembler sections
a4fb0134 3324An object file written by @command{@value{AS}} has at least three sections, any
252b5132
RH
3325of which may be empty. These are named @dfn{text}, @dfn{data} and
3326@dfn{bss} sections.
3327
c1253627 3328@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 3329@ifset GENERIC
c1253627 3330When it generates COFF or ELF output,
252b5132 3331@end ifset
a4fb0134 3332@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you specify
252b5132
RH
3333using the @samp{.section} directive (@pxref{Section,,@code{.section}}).
3334If you do not use any directives that place output in the @samp{.text}
3335or @samp{.data} sections, these sections still exist, but are empty.
3336@end ifset
3337
3338@ifset HPPA
3339@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 3340When @command{@value{AS}} generates SOM or ELF output for the HPPA,
252b5132 3341@end ifset
a4fb0134 3342@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you
252b5132
RH
3343specify using the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace} directives. See
3344@cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly Language Reference Manual}
3345(HP 92432-90001) for details on the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace}
3346assembler directives.
3347
3348@ifset SOM
a4fb0134 3349Additionally, @command{@value{AS}} uses different names for the standard
252b5132
RH
3350text, data, and bss sections when generating SOM output. Program text
3351is placed into the @samp{$CODE$} section, data into @samp{$DATA$}, and
3352BSS into @samp{$BSS$}.
3353@end ifset
3354@end ifset
3355
3356Within the object file, the text section starts at address @code{0}, the
3357data section follows, and the bss section follows the data section.
3358
3359@ifset HPPA
3360When generating either SOM or ELF output files on the HPPA, the text
3361section starts at address @code{0}, the data section at address
3362@code{0x4000000}, and the bss section follows the data section.
3363@end ifset
3364
3365To let @code{@value{LD}} know which data changes when the sections are
a4fb0134 3366relocated, and how to change that data, @command{@value{AS}} also writes to the
252b5132
RH
3367object file details of the relocation needed. To perform relocation
3368@code{@value{LD}} must know, each time an address in the object
3369file is mentioned:
3370@itemize @bullet
3371@item
3372Where in the object file is the beginning of this reference to
3373an address?
3374@item
3375How long (in bytes) is this reference?
3376@item
3377Which section does the address refer to? What is the numeric value of
3378@display
3379(@var{address}) @minus{} (@var{start-address of section})?
3380@end display
3381@item
3382Is the reference to an address ``Program-Counter relative''?
3383@end itemize
3384
3385@cindex addresses, format of
3386@cindex section-relative addressing
a4fb0134 3387In fact, every address @command{@value{AS}} ever uses is expressed as
252b5132
RH
3388@display
3389(@var{section}) + (@var{offset into section})
3390@end display
3391@noindent
a4fb0134 3392Further, most expressions @command{@value{AS}} computes have this section-relative
252b5132
RH
3393nature.
3394@ifset SOM
3395(For some object formats, such as SOM for the HPPA, some expressions are
3396symbol-relative instead.)
3397@end ifset
3398
3399In this manual we use the notation @{@var{secname} @var{N}@} to mean ``offset
3400@var{N} into section @var{secname}.''
3401
3402Apart from text, data and bss sections you need to know about the
3403@dfn{absolute} section. When @code{@value{LD}} mixes partial programs,
3404addresses in the absolute section remain unchanged. For example, address
3405@code{@{absolute 0@}} is ``relocated'' to run-time address 0 by
3406@code{@value{LD}}. Although the linker never arranges two partial programs'
3407data sections with overlapping addresses after linking, @emph{by definition}
3408their absolute sections must overlap. Address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in one
3409part of a program is always the same address when the program is running as
3410address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in any other part of the program.
3411
3412The idea of sections is extended to the @dfn{undefined} section. Any
3413address whose section is unknown at assembly time is by definition
3414rendered @{undefined @var{U}@}---where @var{U} is filled in later.
3415Since numbers are always defined, the only way to generate an undefined
3416address is to mention an undefined symbol. A reference to a named
3417common block would be such a symbol: its value is unknown at assembly
3418time so it has section @emph{undefined}.
3419
3420By analogy the word @emph{section} is used to describe groups of sections in
3421the linked program. @code{@value{LD}} puts all partial programs' text
3422sections in contiguous addresses in the linked program. It is
3423customary to refer to the @emph{text section} of a program, meaning all
3424the addresses of all partial programs' text sections. Likewise for
3425data and bss sections.
3426
3427Some sections are manipulated by @code{@value{LD}}; others are invented for
a4fb0134 3428use of @command{@value{AS}} and have no meaning except during assembly.
252b5132
RH
3429
3430@node Ld Sections
3431@section Linker Sections
3432@code{@value{LD}} deals with just four kinds of sections, summarized below.
3433
3434@table @strong
3435
c1253627 3436@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3437@cindex named sections
3438@cindex sections, named
3439@item named sections
3440@end ifset
3441@ifset aout-bout
3442@cindex text section
3443@cindex data section
3444@itemx text section
3445@itemx data section
3446@end ifset
a4fb0134 3447These sections hold your program. @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} treat them as
252b5132 3448separate but equal sections. Anything you can say of one section is
c1253627
NC
3449true of another.
3450@c @ifset aout-bout
252b5132
RH
3451When the program is running, however, it is
3452customary for the text section to be unalterable. The
3453text section is often shared among processes: it contains
3454instructions, constants and the like. The data section of a running
3455program is usually alterable: for example, C variables would be stored
3456in the data section.
c1253627 3457@c @end ifset
252b5132
RH
3458
3459@cindex bss section
3460@item bss section
3461This section contains zeroed bytes when your program begins running. It
a349d9dd 3462is used to hold uninitialized variables or common storage. The length of
252b5132
RH
3463each partial program's bss section is important, but because it starts
3464out containing zeroed bytes there is no need to store explicit zero
3465bytes in the object file. The bss section was invented to eliminate
3466those explicit zeros from object files.
3467
3468@cindex absolute section
3469@item absolute section
3470Address 0 of this section is always ``relocated'' to runtime address 0.
3471This is useful if you want to refer to an address that @code{@value{LD}} must
3472not change when relocating. In this sense we speak of absolute
3473addresses being ``unrelocatable'': they do not change during relocation.
3474
3475@cindex undefined section
3476@item undefined section
3477This ``section'' is a catch-all for address references to objects not in
3478the preceding sections.
3479@c FIXME: ref to some other doc on obj-file formats could go here.
3480@end table
3481
3482@cindex relocation example
3483An idealized example of three relocatable sections follows.
c1253627 3484@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3485The example uses the traditional section names @samp{.text} and @samp{.data}.
3486@end ifset
3487Memory addresses are on the horizontal axis.
3488
3489@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3490@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3491@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3492@smallexample
3493 +-----+----+--+
3494partial program # 1: |ttttt|dddd|00|
3495 +-----+----+--+
3496
3497 text data bss
3498 seg. seg. seg.
3499
3500 +---+---+---+
3501partial program # 2: |TTT|DDD|000|
3502 +---+---+---+
3503
3504 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3505linked program: | |TTT|ttttt| |dddd|DDD|00000|
3506 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3507
3508 addresses: 0 @dots{}
3509@end smallexample
3510@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3511@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3512@need 5000
3513@tex
c1253627 3514\bigskip
252b5132
RH
3515\line{\it Partial program \#1: \hfil}
3516\line{\ibox{2.5cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3517\line{\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt ttttt}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 00}\hfil}
3518
3519\line{\it Partial program \#2: \hfil}
3520\line{\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{1.5cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3521\line{\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt DDDD}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 000}\hfil}
3522
3523\line{\it linked program: \hfil}
3524\line{\ibox{.5cm}{}\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2.5cm}{}\ibox{.75cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1.5cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3525\line{\boxit{.5cm}{}\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt
3526ttttt}\boxit{.75cm}{}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt
3527DDDD}\boxit{2cm}{\tt 00000}\ \dots\hfil}
3528
3529\line{\it addresses: \hfil}
3530\line{0\dots\hfil}
3531
3532@end tex
3533@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3534
3535@node As Sections
3536@section Assembler Internal Sections
3537
3538@cindex internal assembler sections
3539@cindex sections in messages, internal
a4fb0134 3540These sections are meant only for the internal use of @command{@value{AS}}. They
252b5132 3541have no meaning at run-time. You do not really need to know about these
a4fb0134 3542sections for most purposes; but they can be mentioned in @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132 3543warning messages, so it might be helpful to have an idea of their
a4fb0134 3544meanings to @command{@value{AS}}. These sections are used to permit the
252b5132
RH
3545value of every expression in your assembly language program to be a
3546section-relative address.
3547
3548@table @b
3549@cindex assembler internal logic error
3550@item ASSEMBLER-INTERNAL-LOGIC-ERROR!
3551An internal assembler logic error has been found. This means there is a
3552bug in the assembler.
3553
3554@cindex expr (internal section)
3555@item expr section
3556The assembler stores complex expression internally as combinations of
3557symbols. When it needs to represent an expression as a symbol, it puts
3558it in the expr section.
3559@c FIXME item debug
3560@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector preload
3561@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector postload
3562@c FIXME item register
3563@end table
3564
3565@node Sub-Sections
3566@section Sub-Sections
3567
3568@cindex numbered subsections
3569@cindex grouping data
3570@ifset aout-bout
3571Assembled bytes
c1253627 3572@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3573conventionally
3574@end ifset
3575fall into two sections: text and data.
3576@end ifset
3577You may have separate groups of
3578@ifset GENERIC
3579data in named sections
3580@end ifset
3581@ifclear GENERIC
3582@ifclear aout-bout
3583data in named sections
3584@end ifclear
3585@ifset aout-bout
3586text or data
3587@end ifset
3588@end ifclear
3589that you want to end up near to each other in the object file, even though they
a4fb0134 3590are not contiguous in the assembler source. @command{@value{AS}} allows you to
252b5132
RH
3591use @dfn{subsections} for this purpose. Within each section, there can be
3592numbered subsections with values from 0 to 8192. Objects assembled into the
3593same subsection go into the object file together with other objects in the same
3594subsection. For example, a compiler might want to store constants in the text
3595section, but might not want to have them interspersed with the program being
3596assembled. In this case, the compiler could issue a @samp{.text 0} before each
3597section of code being output, and a @samp{.text 1} before each group of
3598constants being output.
3599
3600Subsections are optional. If you do not use subsections, everything
3601goes in subsection number zero.
3602
3603@ifset GENERIC
3604Each subsection is zero-padded up to a multiple of four bytes.
3605(Subsections may be padded a different amount on different flavors
a4fb0134 3606of @command{@value{AS}}.)
252b5132
RH
3607@end ifset
3608@ifclear GENERIC
3609@ifset H8
7be1c489 3610On the H8/300 platform, each subsection is zero-padded to a word
252b5132 3611boundary (two bytes).
c2dcd04e 3612The same is true on the Renesas SH.
252b5132
RH
3613@end ifset
3614@ifset I960
3615@c FIXME section padding (alignment)?
3616@c Rich Pixley says padding here depends on target obj code format; that
3617@c doesn't seem particularly useful to say without further elaboration,
3618@c so for now I say nothing about it. If this is a generic BFD issue,
3619@c these paragraphs might need to vanish from this manual, and be
3620@c discussed in BFD chapter of binutils (or some such).
3621@end ifset
252b5132
RH
3622@end ifclear
3623
3624Subsections appear in your object file in numeric order, lowest numbered
3625to highest. (All this to be compatible with other people's assemblers.)
3626The object file contains no representation of subsections; @code{@value{LD}} and
3627other programs that manipulate object files see no trace of them.
3628They just see all your text subsections as a text section, and all your
3629data subsections as a data section.
3630
3631To specify which subsection you want subsequent statements assembled
3632into, use a numeric argument to specify it, in a @samp{.text
3633@var{expression}} or a @samp{.data @var{expression}} statement.
ed9589d4 3634@ifset COFF
252b5132 3635@ifset GENERIC
ed9589d4 3636When generating COFF output, you
252b5132
RH
3637@end ifset
3638@ifclear GENERIC
3639You
3640@end ifclear
3641can also use an extra subsection
3642argument with arbitrary named sections: @samp{.section @var{name},
3643@var{expression}}.
3644@end ifset
ed9589d4
BW
3645@ifset ELF
3646@ifset GENERIC
3647When generating ELF output, you
3648@end ifset
3649@ifclear GENERIC
3650You
3651@end ifclear
3652can also use the @code{.subsection} directive (@pxref{SubSection})
3653to specify a subsection: @samp{.subsection @var{expression}}.
3654@end ifset
96e9638b
BW
3655@var{Expression} should be an absolute expression
3656(@pxref{Expressions}). If you just say @samp{.text} then @samp{.text 0}
252b5132
RH
3657is assumed. Likewise @samp{.data} means @samp{.data 0}. Assembly
3658begins in @code{text 0}. For instance:
3659@smallexample
3660.text 0 # The default subsection is text 0 anyway.
3661.ascii "This lives in the first text subsection. *"
3662.text 1
3663.ascii "But this lives in the second text subsection."
3664.data 0
3665.ascii "This lives in the data section,"
3666.ascii "in the first data subsection."
3667.text 0
3668.ascii "This lives in the first text section,"
3669.ascii "immediately following the asterisk (*)."
3670@end smallexample
3671
3672Each section has a @dfn{location counter} incremented by one for every byte
3673assembled into that section. Because subsections are merely a convenience
a4fb0134 3674restricted to @command{@value{AS}} there is no concept of a subsection location
252b5132
RH
3675counter. There is no way to directly manipulate a location counter---but the
3676@code{.align} directive changes it, and any label definition captures its
3677current value. The location counter of the section where statements are being
3678assembled is said to be the @dfn{active} location counter.
3679
3680@node bss
3681@section bss Section
3682
3683@cindex bss section
3684@cindex common variable storage
3685The bss section is used for local common variable storage.
3686You may allocate address space in the bss section, but you may
3687not dictate data to load into it before your program executes. When
3688your program starts running, all the contents of the bss
3689section are zeroed bytes.
3690
3691The @code{.lcomm} pseudo-op defines a symbol in the bss section; see
3692@ref{Lcomm,,@code{.lcomm}}.
3693
3694The @code{.comm} pseudo-op may be used to declare a common symbol, which is
96e9638b 3695another form of uninitialized symbol; see @ref{Comm,,@code{.comm}}.
252b5132
RH
3696
3697@ifset GENERIC
3698When assembling for a target which supports multiple sections, such as ELF or
3699COFF, you may switch into the @code{.bss} section and define symbols as usual;
3700see @ref{Section,,@code{.section}}. You may only assemble zero values into the
3701section. Typically the section will only contain symbol definitions and
3702@code{.skip} directives (@pxref{Skip,,@code{.skip}}).
3703@end ifset
3704
3705@node Symbols
3706@chapter Symbols
3707
3708@cindex symbols
3709Symbols are a central concept: the programmer uses symbols to name
3710things, the linker uses symbols to link, and the debugger uses symbols
3711to debug.
3712
3713@quotation
3714@cindex debuggers, and symbol order
a4fb0134 3715@emph{Warning:} @command{@value{AS}} does not place symbols in the object file in
252b5132
RH
3716the same order they were declared. This may break some debuggers.
3717@end quotation
3718
3719@menu
3720* Labels:: Labels
3721* Setting Symbols:: Giving Symbols Other Values
3722* Symbol Names:: Symbol Names
3723* Dot:: The Special Dot Symbol
3724* Symbol Attributes:: Symbol Attributes
3725@end menu
3726
3727@node Labels
3728@section Labels
3729
3730@cindex labels
3731A @dfn{label} is written as a symbol immediately followed by a colon
3732@samp{:}. The symbol then represents the current value of the
3733active location counter, and is, for example, a suitable instruction
3734operand. You are warned if you use the same symbol to represent two
3735different locations: the first definition overrides any other
3736definitions.
3737
3738@ifset HPPA
3739On the HPPA, the usual form for a label need not be immediately followed by a
3740colon, but instead must start in column zero. Only one label may be defined on
a4fb0134 3741a single line. To work around this, the HPPA version of @command{@value{AS}} also
252b5132
RH
3742provides a special directive @code{.label} for defining labels more flexibly.
3743@end ifset
3744
3745@node Setting Symbols
3746@section Giving Symbols Other Values
3747
3748@cindex assigning values to symbols
3749@cindex symbol values, assigning
3750A symbol can be given an arbitrary value by writing a symbol, followed
3751by an equals sign @samp{=}, followed by an expression
3752(@pxref{Expressions}). This is equivalent to using the @code{.set}
9497f5ac
NC
3753directive. @xref{Set,,@code{.set}}. In the same way, using a double
3754equals sign @samp{=}@samp{=} here represents an equivalent of the
3755@code{.eqv} directive. @xref{Eqv,,@code{.eqv}}.
252b5132 3756
f8739b83
JZ
3757@ifset Blackfin
3758Blackfin does not support symbol assignment with @samp{=}.
3759@end ifset
3760
252b5132
RH
3761@node Symbol Names
3762@section Symbol Names
3763
3764@cindex symbol names
3765@cindex names, symbol
3766@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
3767Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On most
3768machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions are
3769noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}. That character may be followed by any
96e9638b
BW
3770string of digits, letters, dollar signs (unless otherwise noted for a
3771particular target machine), and underscores.
252b5132 3772@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3773@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
3774@ifset H8
3775Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On the
7be1c489 3776Renesas SH you can also use @code{$} in symbol names. That
c2dcd04e
NC
3777character may be followed by any string of digits, letters, dollar signs (save
3778on the H8/300), and underscores.
252b5132
RH
3779@end ifset
3780@end ifset
3781
3782Case of letters is significant: @code{foo} is a different symbol name
3783than @code{Foo}.
3784
ed1fcdd1
NC
3785Symbol names do not start with a digit. An exception to this rule is made for
3786Local Labels. See below.
3787
7bfd842d
NC
3788Multibyte characters are supported. To generate a symbol name containing
3789multibyte characters enclose it within double quotes and use escape codes. cf
3790@xref{Strings}. Generating a multibyte symbol name from a label is not
3791currently supported.
3792
252b5132
RH
3793Each symbol has exactly one name. Each name in an assembly language program
3794refers to exactly one symbol. You may use that symbol name any number of times
3795in a program.
3796
3797@subheading Local Symbol Names
3798
3799@cindex local symbol names
3800@cindex symbol names, local
ba83aca1
BW
3801A local symbol is any symbol beginning with certain local label prefixes.
3802By default, the local label prefix is @samp{.L} for ELF systems or
3803@samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, but each target may have its own
3804set of local label prefixes.
3805@ifset HPPA
3806On the HPPA local symbols begin with @samp{L$}.
3807@end ifset
3808
3809Local symbols are defined and used within the assembler, but they are
3810normally not saved in object files. Thus, they are not visible when debugging.
5c9352f3
AM
3811You may use the @samp{-L} option (@pxref{L, ,Include Local Symbols})
3812to retain the local symbols in the object files.
ba83aca1
BW
3813
3814@subheading Local Labels
3815
3816@cindex local labels
252b5132
RH
3817@cindex temporary symbol names
3818@cindex symbol names, temporary
ed1fcdd1
NC
3819Local labels are different from local symbols. Local labels help compilers and
3820programmers use names temporarily. They create symbols which are guaranteed to
3821be unique over the entire scope of the input source code and which can be
3822referred to by a simple notation. To define a local label, write a label of
9791c250
AM
3823the form @samp{@b{N}:} (where @b{N} represents any non-negative integer).
3824To refer to the most recent previous definition of that label write
3825@samp{@b{N}b}, using the same number as when you defined the label. To refer
3826to the next definition of a local label, write @samp{@b{N}f}. The @samp{b}
3827stands for ``backwards'' and the @samp{f} stands for ``forwards''.
2d5aaba0
NC
3828
3829There is no restriction on how you can use these labels, and you can reuse them
3830too. So that it is possible to repeatedly define the same local label (using
3831the same number @samp{@b{N}}), although you can only refer to the most recently
3832defined local label of that number (for a backwards reference) or the next
3833definition of a specific local label for a forward reference. It is also worth
3834noting that the first 10 local labels (@samp{@b{0:}}@dots{}@samp{@b{9:}}) are
3835implemented in a slightly more efficient manner than the others.
3836
3837Here is an example:
3838
3839@smallexample
38401: branch 1f
38412: branch 1b
38421: branch 2f
38432: branch 1b
3844@end smallexample
3845
3846Which is the equivalent of:
3847
3848@smallexample
3849label_1: branch label_3
3850label_2: branch label_1
3851label_3: branch label_4
3852label_4: branch label_3
3853@end smallexample
3854
ba83aca1 3855Local label names are only a notational device. They are immediately
2d5aaba0 3856transformed into more conventional symbol names before the assembler uses them.
96e9638b
BW
3857The symbol names are stored in the symbol table, appear in error messages, and
3858are optionally emitted to the object file. The names are constructed using
3859these parts:
252b5132
RH
3860
3861@table @code
ba83aca1
BW
3862@item @emph{local label prefix}
3863All local symbols begin with the system-specific local label prefix.
3864Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} forget symbols
3865that start with the local label prefix. These labels are
252b5132 3866used for symbols you are never intended to see. If you use the
a4fb0134 3867@samp{-L} option then @command{@value{AS}} retains these symbols in the
252b5132
RH
3868object file. If you also instruct @code{@value{LD}} to retain these symbols,
3869you may use them in debugging.
3870
2d5aaba0
NC
3871@item @var{number}
3872This is the number that was used in the local label definition. So if the
01642c12 3873label is written @samp{55:} then the number is @samp{55}.
252b5132 3874
2d5aaba0
NC
3875@item @kbd{C-B}
3876This unusual character is included so you do not accidentally invent a symbol
3877of the same name. The character has ASCII value of @samp{\002} (control-B).
252b5132
RH
3878
3879@item @emph{ordinal number}
2d5aaba0 3880This is a serial number to keep the labels distinct. The first definition of
01642c12 3881@samp{0:} gets the number @samp{1}. The 15th definition of @samp{0:} gets the
2d5aaba0 3882number @samp{15}, and so on. Likewise the first definition of @samp{1:} gets
b45619c0 3883the number @samp{1} and its 15th definition gets @samp{15} as well.
252b5132
RH
3884@end table
3885
ba83aca1
BW
3886So for example, the first @code{1:} may be named @code{.L1@kbd{C-B}1}, and
3887the 44th @code{3:} may be named @code{.L3@kbd{C-B}44}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3888
3889@subheading Dollar Local Labels
3890@cindex dollar local symbols
3891
ed1fcdd1
NC
3892On some targets @code{@value{AS}} also supports an even more local form of
3893local labels called dollar labels. These labels go out of scope (i.e., they
3894become undefined) as soon as a non-local label is defined. Thus they remain
3895valid for only a small region of the input source code. Normal local labels,
3896by contrast, remain in scope for the entire file, or until they are redefined
3897by another occurrence of the same local label.
2d5aaba0
NC
3898
3899Dollar labels are defined in exactly the same way as ordinary local labels,
77cca80f
NC
3900except that they have a dollar sign suffix to their numeric value, e.g.,
3901@samp{@b{55$:}}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3902
3903They can also be distinguished from ordinary local labels by their transformed
96e9638b
BW
3904names which use ASCII character @samp{\001} (control-A) as the magic character
3905to distinguish them from ordinary labels. For example, the fifth definition of
ba83aca1 3906@samp{6$} may be named @samp{.L6@kbd{C-A}5}.
252b5132
RH
3907
3908@node Dot
3909@section The Special Dot Symbol
3910
3911@cindex dot (symbol)
3912@cindex @code{.} (symbol)
3913@cindex current address
3914@cindex location counter
3915The special symbol @samp{.} refers to the current address that
a4fb0134 3916@command{@value{AS}} is assembling into. Thus, the expression @samp{melvin:
252b5132
RH
3917.long .} defines @code{melvin} to contain its own address.
3918Assigning a value to @code{.} is treated the same as a @code{.org}
884f0d36 3919directive.
252b5132 3920@ifclear no-space-dir
884f0d36 3921Thus, the expression @samp{.=.+4} is the same as saying
252b5132
RH
3922@samp{.space 4}.
3923@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3924
3925@node Symbol Attributes
3926@section Symbol Attributes
3927
3928@cindex symbol attributes
3929@cindex attributes, symbol
3930Every symbol has, as well as its name, the attributes ``Value'' and
3931``Type''. Depending on output format, symbols can also have auxiliary
3932attributes.
3933@ifset INTERNALS
3934The detailed definitions are in @file{a.out.h}.
3935@end ifset
3936
a4fb0134 3937If you use a symbol without defining it, @command{@value{AS}} assumes zero for
252b5132
RH
3938all these attributes, and probably won't warn you. This makes the
3939symbol an externally defined symbol, which is generally what you
3940would want.
3941
3942@menu
3943* Symbol Value:: Value
3944* Symbol Type:: Type
3945@ifset aout-bout
3946@ifset GENERIC
3947* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3948@end ifset
3949@ifclear GENERIC
3950@ifclear BOUT
3951* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3952@end ifclear
3953@ifset BOUT
3954* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
3955@end ifset
3956@end ifclear
3957@end ifset
3958@ifset COFF
3959* COFF Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for COFF
3960@end ifset
3961@ifset SOM
3962* SOM Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for SOM
3963@end ifset
3964@end menu
3965
3966@node Symbol Value
3967@subsection Value
3968
3969@cindex value of a symbol
3970@cindex symbol value
3971The value of a symbol is (usually) 32 bits. For a symbol which labels a
3972location in the text, data, bss or absolute sections the value is the
3973number of addresses from the start of that section to the label.
3974Naturally for text, data and bss sections the value of a symbol changes
3975as @code{@value{LD}} changes section base addresses during linking. Absolute
3976symbols' values do not change during linking: that is why they are
3977called absolute.
3978
3979The value of an undefined symbol is treated in a special way. If it is
39800 then the symbol is not defined in this assembler source file, and
3981@code{@value{LD}} tries to determine its value from other files linked into the
3982same program. You make this kind of symbol simply by mentioning a symbol
3983name without defining it. A non-zero value represents a @code{.comm}
3984common declaration. The value is how much common storage to reserve, in
3985bytes (addresses). The symbol refers to the first address of the
3986allocated storage.
3987
3988@node Symbol Type
3989@subsection Type
3990
3991@cindex type of a symbol
3992@cindex symbol type
3993The type attribute of a symbol contains relocation (section)
3994information, any flag settings indicating that a symbol is external, and
3995(optionally), other information for linkers and debuggers. The exact
3996format depends on the object-code output format in use.
3997
3998@ifset aout-bout
3999@ifclear GENERIC
4000@ifset BOUT
4001@c The following avoids a "widow" subsection title. @group would be
4002@c better if it were available outside examples.
4003@need 1000
4004@node a.out Symbols
4005@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
4006
4007@cindex @code{b.out} symbol attributes
4008@cindex symbol attributes, @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 4009These symbol attributes appear only when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for
252b5132
RH
4010one of the Berkeley-descended object output formats---@code{a.out} or
4011@code{b.out}.
4012
4013@end ifset
4014@ifclear BOUT
4015@node a.out Symbols
4016@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
4017
4018@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
4019@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
4020
4021@end ifclear
4022@end ifclear
4023@ifset GENERIC
4024@node a.out Symbols
4025@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
4026
4027@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
4028@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
4029
4030@end ifset
4031@menu
4032* Symbol Desc:: Descriptor
4033* Symbol Other:: Other
4034@end menu
4035
4036@node Symbol Desc
4037@subsubsection Descriptor
4038
4039@cindex descriptor, of @code{a.out} symbol
4040This is an arbitrary 16-bit value. You may establish a symbol's
4041descriptor value by using a @code{.desc} statement
4042(@pxref{Desc,,@code{.desc}}). A descriptor value means nothing to
a4fb0134 4043@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
4044
4045@node Symbol Other
4046@subsubsection Other
4047
4048@cindex other attribute, of @code{a.out} symbol
a4fb0134 4049This is an arbitrary 8-bit value. It means nothing to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
4050@end ifset
4051
4052@ifset COFF
4053@node COFF Symbols
4054@subsection Symbol Attributes for COFF
4055
4056@cindex COFF symbol attributes
4057@cindex symbol attributes, COFF
4058
4059The COFF format supports a multitude of auxiliary symbol attributes;
4060like the primary symbol attributes, they are set between @code{.def} and
4061@code{.endef} directives.
4062
4063@subsubsection Primary Attributes
4064
4065@cindex primary attributes, COFF symbols
4066The symbol name is set with @code{.def}; the value and type,
4067respectively, with @code{.val} and @code{.type}.
4068
4069@subsubsection Auxiliary Attributes
4070
4071@cindex auxiliary attributes, COFF symbols
a4fb0134 4072The @command{@value{AS}} directives @code{.dim}, @code{.line}, @code{.scl},
c87db184
CF
4073@code{.size}, @code{.tag}, and @code{.weak} can generate auxiliary symbol
4074table information for COFF.
252b5132
RH
4075@end ifset
4076
4077@ifset SOM
4078@node SOM Symbols
4079@subsection Symbol Attributes for SOM
4080
4081@cindex SOM symbol attributes
4082@cindex symbol attributes, SOM
4083
4084The SOM format for the HPPA supports a multitude of symbol attributes set with
4085the @code{.EXPORT} and @code{.IMPORT} directives.
4086
01642c12 4087The attributes are described in @cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly
252b5132
RH
4088Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) under the @code{IMPORT} and
4089@code{EXPORT} assembler directive documentation.
4090@end ifset
4091
4092@node Expressions
4093@chapter Expressions
4094
4095@cindex expressions
4096@cindex addresses
4097@cindex numeric values
4098An @dfn{expression} specifies an address or numeric value.
4099Whitespace may precede and/or follow an expression.
4100
4101The result of an expression must be an absolute number, or else an offset into
4102a particular section. If an expression is not absolute, and there is not
a4fb0134 4103enough information when @command{@value{AS}} sees the expression to know its
252b5132
RH
4104section, a second pass over the source program might be necessary to interpret
4105the expression---but the second pass is currently not implemented.
a4fb0134 4106@command{@value{AS}} aborts with an error message in this situation.
252b5132
RH
4107
4108@menu
4109* Empty Exprs:: Empty Expressions
4110* Integer Exprs:: Integer Expressions
4111@end menu
4112
4113@node Empty Exprs
4114@section Empty Expressions
4115
4116@cindex empty expressions
4117@cindex expressions, empty
4118An empty expression has no value: it is just whitespace or null.
4119Wherever an absolute expression is required, you may omit the
a4fb0134 4120expression, and @command{@value{AS}} assumes a value of (absolute) 0. This
252b5132
RH
4121is compatible with other assemblers.
4122
4123@node Integer Exprs
4124@section Integer Expressions
4125
4126@cindex integer expressions
4127@cindex expressions, integer
4128An @dfn{integer expression} is one or more @emph{arguments} delimited
4129by @emph{operators}.
4130
4131@menu
4132* Arguments:: Arguments
4133* Operators:: Operators
4134* Prefix Ops:: Prefix Operators
4135* Infix Ops:: Infix Operators
4136@end menu
4137
4138@node Arguments
4139@subsection Arguments
4140
4141@cindex expression arguments
4142@cindex arguments in expressions
4143@cindex operands in expressions
4144@cindex arithmetic operands
4145@dfn{Arguments} are symbols, numbers or subexpressions. In other
4146contexts arguments are sometimes called ``arithmetic operands''. In
4147this manual, to avoid confusing them with the ``instruction operands'' of
4148the machine language, we use the term ``argument'' to refer to parts of
4149expressions only, reserving the word ``operand'' to refer only to machine
4150instruction operands.
4151
4152Symbols are evaluated to yield @{@var{section} @var{NNN}@} where
4153@var{section} is one of text, data, bss, absolute,
4154or undefined. @var{NNN} is a signed, 2's complement 32 bit
4155integer.
4156
4157Numbers are usually integers.
4158
4159A number can be a flonum or bignum. In this case, you are warned
a4fb0134 4160that only the low order 32 bits are used, and @command{@value{AS}} pretends
252b5132
RH
4161these 32 bits are an integer. You may write integer-manipulating
4162instructions that act on exotic constants, compatible with other
4163assemblers.
4164
4165@cindex subexpressions
4166Subexpressions are a left parenthesis @samp{(} followed by an integer
4167expression, followed by a right parenthesis @samp{)}; or a prefix
4168operator followed by an argument.
4169
4170@node Operators
4171@subsection Operators
4172
4173@cindex operators, in expressions
4174@cindex arithmetic functions
4175@cindex functions, in expressions
4176@dfn{Operators} are arithmetic functions, like @code{+} or @code{%}. Prefix
4177operators are followed by an argument. Infix operators appear
4178between their arguments. Operators may be preceded and/or followed by
4179whitespace.
4180
4181@node Prefix Ops
4182@subsection Prefix Operator
4183
4184@cindex prefix operators
a4fb0134 4185@command{@value{AS}} has the following @dfn{prefix operators}. They each take
252b5132
RH
4186one argument, which must be absolute.
4187
4188@c the tex/end tex stuff surrounding this small table is meant to make
4189@c it align, on the printed page, with the similar table in the next
4190@c section (which is inside an enumerate).
4191@tex
4192\global\advance\leftskip by \itemindent
4193@end tex
4194
4195@table @code
4196@item -
4197@dfn{Negation}. Two's complement negation.
4198@item ~
4199@dfn{Complementation}. Bitwise not.
4200@end table
4201
4202@tex
4203\global\advance\leftskip by -\itemindent
4204@end tex
4205
4206@node Infix Ops
4207@subsection Infix Operators
4208
4209@cindex infix operators
4210@cindex operators, permitted arguments
4211@dfn{Infix operators} take two arguments, one on either side. Operators
4212have precedence, but operations with equal precedence are performed left
a4fb0134 4213to right. Apart from @code{+} or @option{-}, both arguments must be
252b5132
RH
4214absolute, and the result is absolute.
4215
4216@enumerate
4217@cindex operator precedence
4218@cindex precedence of operators
4219
4220@item
4221Highest Precedence
4222
4223@table @code
4224@item *
4225@dfn{Multiplication}.
4226
4227@item /
4228@dfn{Division}. Truncation is the same as the C operator @samp{/}
4229
4230@item %
4231@dfn{Remainder}.
4232
d1eac9d9 4233@item <<
252b5132
RH
4234@dfn{Shift Left}. Same as the C operator @samp{<<}.
4235
d1eac9d9 4236@item >>
252b5132
RH
4237@dfn{Shift Right}. Same as the C operator @samp{>>}.
4238@end table
4239
4240@item
4241Intermediate precedence
4242
4243@table @code
4244@item |
4245
4246@dfn{Bitwise Inclusive Or}.
4247
4248@item &
4249@dfn{Bitwise And}.
4250
4251@item ^
4252@dfn{Bitwise Exclusive Or}.
4253
4254@item !
4255@dfn{Bitwise Or Not}.
4256@end table
4257
4258@item
b131d4dc 4259Low Precedence
252b5132
RH
4260
4261@table @code
4262@cindex addition, permitted arguments
4263@cindex plus, permitted arguments
4264@cindex arguments for addition
4265@item +
4266@dfn{Addition}. If either argument is absolute, the result has the section of
4267the other argument. You may not add together arguments from different
4268sections.
4269
4270@cindex subtraction, permitted arguments
4271@cindex minus, permitted arguments
4272@cindex arguments for subtraction
4273@item -
4274@dfn{Subtraction}. If the right argument is absolute, the
4275result has the section of the left argument.
4276If both arguments are in the same section, the result is absolute.
4277You may not subtract arguments from different sections.
4278@c FIXME is there still something useful to say about undefined - undefined ?
b131d4dc
NC
4279
4280@cindex comparison expressions
4281@cindex expressions, comparison
4282@item ==
4283@dfn{Is Equal To}
4284@item <>
723a8472 4285@itemx !=
b131d4dc
NC
4286@dfn{Is Not Equal To}
4287@item <
4288@dfn{Is Less Than}
d1eac9d9 4289@item >
b131d4dc 4290@dfn{Is Greater Than}
d1eac9d9 4291@item >=
b131d4dc 4292@dfn{Is Greater Than Or Equal To}
d1eac9d9 4293@item <=
b131d4dc
NC
4294@dfn{Is Less Than Or Equal To}
4295
4296The comparison operators can be used as infix operators. A true results has a
4297value of -1 whereas a false result has a value of 0. Note, these operators
4298perform signed comparisons.
4299@end table
4300
4301@item Lowest Precedence
4302
4303@table @code
4304@item &&
4305@dfn{Logical And}.
4306
4307@item ||
4308@dfn{Logical Or}.
4309
4310These two logical operations can be used to combine the results of sub
4311expressions. Note, unlike the comparison operators a true result returns a
4312value of 1 but a false results does still return 0. Also note that the logical
4313or operator has a slightly lower precedence than logical and.
4314
252b5132
RH
4315@end table
4316@end enumerate
4317
4318In short, it's only meaningful to add or subtract the @emph{offsets} in an
4319address; you can only have a defined section in one of the two arguments.
4320
4321@node Pseudo Ops
4322@chapter Assembler Directives
4323
4324@cindex directives, machine independent
4325@cindex pseudo-ops, machine independent
4326@cindex machine independent directives
4327All assembler directives have names that begin with a period (@samp{.}).
7e302352
RS
4328The names are case insensitive for most targets, and usually written
4329in lower case.
252b5132
RH
4330
4331This chapter discusses directives that are available regardless of the
4332target machine configuration for the @sc{gnu} assembler.
4333@ifset GENERIC
4334Some machine configurations provide additional directives.
4335@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
4336@end ifset
4337@ifclear GENERIC
4338@ifset machine-directives
96e9638b 4339@xref{Machine Dependencies}, for additional directives.
252b5132
RH
4340@end ifset
4341@end ifclear
4342
4343@menu
4344* Abort:: @code{.abort}
4345@ifset COFF
38a57ae7 4346* ABORT (COFF):: @code{.ABORT}
252b5132 4347@end ifset
f0dc282c 4348
252b5132 4349* Align:: @code{.align @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
caa32fe5 4350* Altmacro:: @code{.altmacro}
252b5132
RH
4351* Ascii:: @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4352* Asciz:: @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4353* Balign:: @code{.balign @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
d3b47e2b 4354* Bundle directives:: @code{.bundle_align_mode @var{abs-expr}}, etc
252b5132 4355* Byte:: @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4b7d318b 4356* CFI directives:: @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}, @code{.cfi_endproc}, etc.
ccf8a69b 4357* Comm:: @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
252b5132
RH
4358* Data:: @code{.data @var{subsection}}
4359@ifset COFF
4360* Def:: @code{.def @var{name}}
4361@end ifset
4362@ifset aout-bout
4363* Desc:: @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
4364@end ifset
4365@ifset COFF
4366* Dim:: @code{.dim}
4367@end ifset
f0dc282c 4368
252b5132
RH
4369* Double:: @code{.double @var{flonums}}
4370* Eject:: @code{.eject}
4371* Else:: @code{.else}
3fd9f047 4372* Elseif:: @code{.elseif}
252b5132
RH
4373* End:: @code{.end}
4374@ifset COFF
4375* Endef:: @code{.endef}
4376@end ifset
f0dc282c 4377
252b5132
RH
4378* Endfunc:: @code{.endfunc}
4379* Endif:: @code{.endif}
4380* Equ:: @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4381* Equiv:: @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
9497f5ac 4382* Eqv:: @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
252b5132 4383* Err:: @code{.err}
d190d046 4384* Error:: @code{.error @var{string}}
252b5132
RH
4385* Exitm:: @code{.exitm}
4386* Extern:: @code{.extern}
4387* Fail:: @code{.fail}
14082c76 4388* File:: @code{.file}
252b5132
RH
4389* Fill:: @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
4390* Float:: @code{.float @var{flonums}}
01642c12 4391* Func:: @code{.func}
252b5132 4392* Global:: @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
c91d2e08 4393@ifset ELF
3a99f02f 4394* Gnu_attribute:: @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
c91d2e08
NC
4395* Hidden:: @code{.hidden @var{names}}
4396@end ifset
f0dc282c 4397
252b5132
RH
4398* hword:: @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
4399* Ident:: @code{.ident}
4400* If:: @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
7e005732 4401* Incbin:: @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
252b5132
RH
4402* Include:: @code{.include "@var{file}"}
4403* Int:: @code{.int @var{expressions}}
c91d2e08
NC
4404@ifset ELF
4405* Internal:: @code{.internal @var{names}}
4406@end ifset
f0dc282c 4407
252b5132
RH
4408* Irp:: @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4409* Irpc:: @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4410* Lcomm:: @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
4411* Lflags:: @code{.lflags}
4412@ifclear no-line-dir
4413* Line:: @code{.line @var{line-number}}
4414@end ifclear
f0dc282c 4415
252b5132
RH
4416* Linkonce:: @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
4417* List:: @code{.list}
bd0eb99b 4418* Ln:: @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
14082c76
BW
4419* Loc:: @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno}}
4420* Loc_mark_labels:: @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
4d4175af
BW
4421@ifset ELF
4422* Local:: @code{.local @var{names}}
4423@end ifset
bd0eb99b 4424
252b5132
RH
4425* Long:: @code{.long @var{expressions}}
4426@ignore
4427* Lsym:: @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4428@end ignore
f0dc282c 4429
252b5132
RH
4430* Macro:: @code{.macro @var{name} @var{args}}@dots{}
4431* MRI:: @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 4432* Noaltmacro:: @code{.noaltmacro}
252b5132
RH
4433* Nolist:: @code{.nolist}
4434* Octa:: @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
9aec2026 4435* Offset:: @code{.offset @var{loc}}
85234291
L
4436* Org:: @code{.org @var{new-lc}, @var{fill}}
4437* P2align:: @code{.p2align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
c91d2e08
NC
4438@ifset ELF
4439* PopSection:: @code{.popsection}
4440* Previous:: @code{.previous}
4441@end ifset
f0dc282c 4442
252b5132 4443* Print:: @code{.print @var{string}}
c91d2e08
NC
4444@ifset ELF
4445* Protected:: @code{.protected @var{names}}
4446@end ifset
f0dc282c 4447
252b5132
RH
4448* Psize:: @code{.psize @var{lines}, @var{columns}}
4449* Purgem:: @code{.purgem @var{name}}
c91d2e08
NC
4450@ifset ELF
4451* PushSection:: @code{.pushsection @var{name}}
4452@end ifset
f0dc282c 4453
252b5132 4454* Quad:: @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
05e9452c 4455* Reloc:: @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
252b5132
RH
4456* Rept:: @code{.rept @var{count}}
4457* Sbttl:: @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
4458@ifset COFF
4459* Scl:: @code{.scl @var{class}}
c1253627
NC
4460@end ifset
4461@ifset COFF-ELF
7337fc21 4462* Section:: @code{.section @var{name}[, @var{flags}]}
252b5132 4463@end ifset
f0dc282c 4464
252b5132
RH
4465* Set:: @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4466* Short:: @code{.short @var{expressions}}
4467* Single:: @code{.single @var{flonums}}
c1253627 4468@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4469* Size:: @code{.size [@var{name} , @var{expression}]}
c1253627 4470@end ifset
884f0d36 4471@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 4472* Skip:: @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}}
884f0d36
BW
4473@end ifclear
4474
252b5132 4475* Sleb128:: @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
884f0d36 4476@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 4477* Space:: @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
884f0d36 4478@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
4479@ifset have-stabs
4480* Stab:: @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
4481@end ifset
f0dc282c 4482
38a57ae7 4483* String:: @code{.string "@var{str}"}, @code{.string8 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string16 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string32 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string64 "@var{str}"}
252b5132
RH
4484* Struct:: @code{.struct @var{expression}}
4485@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4486* SubSection:: @code{.subsection}
252b5132
RH
4487* Symver:: @code{.symver @var{name},@var{name2@@nodename}}
4488@end ifset
f0dc282c 4489
252b5132
RH
4490@ifset COFF
4491* Tag:: @code{.tag @var{structname}}
4492@end ifset
f0dc282c 4493
252b5132
RH
4494* Text:: @code{.text @var{subsection}}
4495* Title:: @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
c1253627 4496@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4497* Type:: @code{.type <@var{int} | @var{name} , @var{type description}>}
c1253627
NC
4498@end ifset
4499
c91d2e08 4500* Uleb128:: @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
252b5132 4501@ifset COFF
252b5132
RH
4502* Val:: @code{.val @var{addr}}
4503@end ifset
f0dc282c 4504
2e13b764 4505@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4506* Version:: @code{.version "@var{string}"}
c91d2e08
NC
4507* VTableEntry:: @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
4508* VTableInherit:: @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 4509@end ifset
f0dc282c 4510
d190d046 4511* Warning:: @code{.warning @var{string}}
c87db184 4512* Weak:: @code{.weak @var{names}}
06e77878 4513* Weakref:: @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{symbol}}
252b5132 4514* Word:: @code{.word @var{expressions}}
7ce98c16
NC
4515@ifclear no-space-dir
4516* Zero:: @code{.zero @var{size}}
4517@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
4518* Deprecated:: Deprecated Directives
4519@end menu
4520
4521@node Abort
4522@section @code{.abort}
4523
4524@cindex @code{abort} directive
4525@cindex stopping the assembly
4526This directive stops the assembly immediately. It is for
4527compatibility with other assemblers. The original idea was that the
4528assembly language source would be piped into the assembler. If the sender
a4fb0134 4529of the source quit, it could use this directive tells @command{@value{AS}} to
252b5132
RH
4530quit also. One day @code{.abort} will not be supported.
4531
4532@ifset COFF
370b66a1
CD
4533@node ABORT (COFF)
4534@section @code{.ABORT} (COFF)
252b5132
RH
4535
4536@cindex @code{ABORT} directive
a4fb0134 4537When producing COFF output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive as a
252b5132
RH
4538synonym for @samp{.abort}.
4539
4540@ifset BOUT
a4fb0134 4541When producing @code{b.out} output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive,
252b5132
RH
4542but ignores it.
4543@end ifset
4544@end ifset
4545
4546@node Align
4547@section @code{.align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4548
4549@cindex padding the location counter
4550@cindex @code{align} directive
4551Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular storage
4552boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the alignment
4553required, as described below.
4554
4555The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4556padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
4557padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
4558marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4559with no-op instructions.
4560
4561The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4562it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4563directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4564specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4565fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4566required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4567with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4568
4569The way the required alignment is specified varies from system to system.
73589c9d 4570For the arc, hppa, i386 using ELF, i860, iq2000, m68k, or1k,
60946ad0 4571s390, sparc, tic4x, tic80 and xtensa, the first expression is the
252b5132
RH
4572alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.align 8} advances
4573the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
60946ad0
AM
4574is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed. For the tic54x, the
4575first expression is the alignment request in words.
252b5132 4576
9e9a9798 4577For other systems, including ppc, i386 using a.out format, arm and
adcf07e6 4578strongarm, it is the
252b5132
RH
4579number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
4580advancement. For example @samp{.align 3} advances the location
4581counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
4582multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4583
4584This inconsistency is due to the different behaviors of the various
4585native assemblers for these systems which GAS must emulate.
4586GAS also provides @code{.balign} and @code{.p2align} directives,
4587described later, which have a consistent behavior across all
4588architectures (but are specific to GAS).
4589
ccf8a69b
BW
4590@node Altmacro
4591@section @code{.altmacro}
4592Enable alternate macro mode, enabling:
4593
4594@ftable @code
4595@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
4596One additional directive, @code{LOCAL}, is available. It is used to
4597generate a string replacement for each of the @var{name} arguments, and
4598replace any instances of @var{name} in each macro expansion. The
4599replacement string is unique in the assembly, and different for each
4600separate macro expansion. @code{LOCAL} allows you to write macros that
4601define symbols, without fear of conflict between separate macro expansions.
4602
4603@item String delimiters
4604You can write strings delimited in these other ways besides
4605@code{"@var{string}"}:
4606
4607@table @code
4608@item '@var{string}'
4609You can delimit strings with single-quote characters.
4610
4611@item <@var{string}>
4612You can delimit strings with matching angle brackets.
4613@end table
4614
4615@item single-character string escape
4616To include any single character literally in a string (even if the
4617character would otherwise have some special meaning), you can prefix the
4618character with @samp{!} (an exclamation mark). For example, you can
4619write @samp{<4.3 !> 5.4!!>} to get the literal text @samp{4.3 > 5.4!}.
4620
4621@item Expression results as strings
4622You can write @samp{%@var{expr}} to evaluate the expression @var{expr}
01642c12 4623and use the result as a string.
ccf8a69b
BW
4624@end ftable
4625
252b5132
RH
4626@node Ascii
4627@section @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4628
4629@cindex @code{ascii} directive
4630@cindex string literals
4631@code{.ascii} expects zero or more string literals (@pxref{Strings})
4632separated by commas. It assembles each string (with no automatic
4633trailing zero byte) into consecutive addresses.
4634
4635@node Asciz
4636@section @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4637
4638@cindex @code{asciz} directive
4639@cindex zero-terminated strings
4640@cindex null-terminated strings
4641@code{.asciz} is just like @code{.ascii}, but each string is followed by
4642a zero byte. The ``z'' in @samp{.asciz} stands for ``zero''.
4643
4644@node Balign
4645@section @code{.balign[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4646
4647@cindex padding the location counter given number of bytes
4648@cindex @code{balign} directive
4649Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
4650storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
4651alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.balign 8} advances
4652the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
4653is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4654
4655The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4656padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
4657padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
4658marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4659with no-op instructions.
4660
4661The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4662it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4663directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4664specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4665fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4666required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4667with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4668
4669@cindex @code{balignw} directive
4670@cindex @code{balignl} directive
4671The @code{.balignw} and @code{.balignl} directives are variants of the
4672@code{.balign} directive. The @code{.balignw} directive treats the fill
4673pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.balignl} directives treats the
4674fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.balignw
46754,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
4676filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
4677the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
4678undefined.
4679
fa94de6b 4680@node Bundle directives
d3b47e2b
L
4681@section Bundle directives
4682@subsection @code{.bundle_align_mode @var{abs-expr}}
fa94de6b
RM
4683@cindex @code{bundle_align_mode} directive
4684@cindex bundle
4685@cindex instruction bundle
4686@cindex aligned instruction bundle
ec82c18e 4687@code{.bundle_align_mode} enables or disables @dfn{aligned instruction
fa94de6b 4688bundle} mode. In this mode, sequences of adjacent instructions are grouped
ec82c18e 4689into fixed-sized @dfn{bundles}. If the argument is zero, this mode is
27dcf5c0 4690disabled (which is the default state). If the argument it not zero, it
fa94de6b
RM
4691gives the size of an instruction bundle as a power of two (as for the
4692@code{.p2align} directive, @pxref{P2align}).
4693
4694For some targets, it's an ABI requirement that no instruction may span a
ec82c18e 4695certain aligned boundary. A @dfn{bundle} is simply a sequence of
fa94de6b
RM
4696instructions that starts on an aligned boundary. For example, if
4697@var{abs-expr} is @code{5} then the bundle size is 32, so each aligned
4698chunk of 32 bytes is a bundle. When aligned instruction bundle mode is in
4699effect, no single instruction may span a boundary between bundles. If an
4700instruction would start too close to the end of a bundle for the length of
4701that particular instruction to fit within the bundle, then the space at the
4702end of that bundle is filled with no-op instructions so the instruction
4703starts in the next bundle. As a corollary, it's an error if any single
4704instruction's encoding is longer than the bundle size.
4705
d3b47e2b 4706@subsection @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock}
fa94de6b
RM
4707@cindex @code{bundle_lock} directive
4708@cindex @code{bundle_unlock} directive
4709The @code{.bundle_lock} and directive @code{.bundle_unlock} directives
4710allow explicit control over instruction bundle padding. These directives
4711are only valid when @code{.bundle_align_mode} has been used to enable
4712aligned instruction bundle mode. It's an error if they appear when
4713@code{.bundle_align_mode} has not been used at all, or when the last
4714directive was @w{@code{.bundle_align_mode 0}}.
4715
4716@cindex bundle-locked
4717For some targets, it's an ABI requirement that certain instructions may
4718appear only as part of specified permissible sequences of multiple
4719instructions, all within the same bundle. A pair of @code{.bundle_lock}
ec82c18e 4720and @code{.bundle_unlock} directives define a @dfn{bundle-locked}
fa94de6b
RM
4721instruction sequence. For purposes of aligned instruction bundle mode, a
4722sequence starting with @code{.bundle_lock} and ending with
4723@code{.bundle_unlock} is treated as a single instruction. That is, the
4724entire sequence must fit into a single bundle and may not span a bundle
4725boundary. If necessary, no-op instructions will be inserted before the
4726first instruction of the sequence so that the whole sequence starts on an
4727aligned bundle boundary. It's an error if the sequence is longer than the
4728bundle size.
4729
d416e51d
RM
4730For convenience when using @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock}
4731inside assembler macros (@pxref{Macro}), bundle-locked sequences may be
4732nested. That is, a second @code{.bundle_lock} directive before the next
4733@code{.bundle_unlock} directive has no effect except that it must be
4734matched by another closing @code{.bundle_unlock} so that there is the
4735same number of @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock} directives.
fa94de6b 4736
252b5132
RH
4737@node Byte
4738@section @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4739
4740@cindex @code{byte} directive
4741@cindex integers, one byte
4742@code{.byte} expects zero or more expressions, separated by commas.
4743Each expression is assembled into the next byte.
4744
54cfded0 4745@node CFI directives
d3b47e2b
L
4746@section CFI directives
4747@subsection @code{.cfi_sections @var{section_list}}
38462edf
JJ
4748@cindex @code{cfi_sections} directive
4749@code{.cfi_sections} may be used to specify whether CFI directives
4750should emit @code{.eh_frame} section and/or @code{.debug_frame} section.
4751If @var{section_list} is @code{.eh_frame}, @code{.eh_frame} is emitted,
4752if @var{section_list} is @code{.debug_frame}, @code{.debug_frame} is emitted.
4753To emit both use @code{.eh_frame, .debug_frame}. The default if this
4754directive is not used is @code{.cfi_sections .eh_frame}.
4755
2f0c68f2
CM
4756On targets that support compact unwinding tables these can be generated
4757by specifying @code{.eh_frame_entry} instead of @code{.eh_frame}.
4758
bd5608dc
NC
4759Some targets may support an additional name, such as @code{.c6xabi.exidx}
4760which is used by the @value{TIC6X} target.
4761
4762The @code{.cfi_sections} directive can be repeated, with the same or different
4763arguments, provided that CFI generation has not yet started. Once CFI
4764generation has started however the section list is fixed and any attempts to
4765redefine it will result in an error.
4766
d3b47e2b 4767@subsection @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}
54cfded0
AM
4768@cindex @code{cfi_startproc} directive
4769@code{.cfi_startproc} is used at the beginning of each function that
4770should have an entry in @code{.eh_frame}. It initializes some internal
4b7d318b 4771data structures. Don't forget to close the function by
54cfded0
AM
4772@code{.cfi_endproc}.
4773
01642c12 4774Unless @code{.cfi_startproc} is used along with parameter @code{simple}
4b7d318b 4775it also emits some architecture dependent initial CFI instructions.
01642c12 4776
d3b47e2b 4777@subsection @code{.cfi_endproc}
54cfded0
AM
4778@cindex @code{cfi_endproc} directive
4779@code{.cfi_endproc} is used at the end of a function where it closes its
4780unwind entry previously opened by
b45619c0 4781@code{.cfi_startproc}, and emits it to @code{.eh_frame}.
54cfded0 4782
d3b47e2b 4783@subsection @code{.cfi_personality @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
2f0c68f2 4784@cindex @code{cfi_personality} directive
9b8ae42e
JJ
4785@code{.cfi_personality} defines personality routine and its encoding.
4786@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the personality
4787should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), second
4788argument is not present, otherwise second argument should be
4789a constant or a symbol name. When using indirect encodings,
4790the symbol provided should be the location where personality
4791can be loaded from, not the personality routine itself.
4792The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_personality 0xff},
4793no personality routine.
4794
2f0c68f2
CM
4795@subsection @code{.cfi_personality_id @var{id}}
4796@cindex @code{cfi_personality_id} directive
4797@code{cfi_personality_id} defines a personality routine by its index as
4798defined in a compact unwinding format.
4799Only valid when generating compact EH frames (i.e.
4800with @code{.cfi_sections eh_frame_entry}.
4801
4802@subsection @code{.cfi_fde_data [@var{opcode1} [, @dots{}]]}
4803@cindex @code{cfi_fde_data} directive
4804@code{cfi_fde_data} is used to describe the compact unwind opcodes to be
4805used for the current function. These are emitted inline in the
4806@code{.eh_frame_entry} section if small enough and there is no LSDA, or
4807in the @code{.gnu.extab} section otherwise.
4808Only valid when generating compact EH frames (i.e.
4809with @code{.cfi_sections eh_frame_entry}.
4810
d3b47e2b 4811@subsection @code{.cfi_lsda @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
9b8ae42e
JJ
4812@code{.cfi_lsda} defines LSDA and its encoding.
4813@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the LSDA
2f0c68f2
CM
4814should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), the second
4815argument is not present, otherwise the second argument should be a constant
9b8ae42e 4816or a symbol name. The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_lsda 0xff},
2f0c68f2
CM
4817meaning that no LSDA is present.
4818
4819@subsection @code{.cfi_inline_lsda} [@var{align}]
4820@code{.cfi_inline_lsda} marks the start of a LSDA data section and
4821switches to the corresponding @code{.gnu.extab} section.
4822Must be preceded by a CFI block containing a @code{.cfi_lsda} directive.
4823Only valid when generating compact EH frames (i.e.
4824with @code{.cfi_sections eh_frame_entry}.
4825
4826The table header and unwinding opcodes will be generated at this point,
4827so that they are immediately followed by the LSDA data. The symbol
4828referenced by the @code{.cfi_lsda} directive should still be defined
4829in case a fallback FDE based encoding is used. The LSDA data is terminated
4830by a section directive.
4831
4832The optional @var{align} argument specifies the alignment required.
4833The alignment is specified as a power of two, as with the
4834@code{.p2align} directive.
9b8ae42e 4835
d3b47e2b 4836@subsection @code{.cfi_def_cfa @var{register}, @var{offset}}
01642c12 4837@code{.cfi_def_cfa} defines a rule for computing CFA as: @i{take
54cfded0
AM
4838address from @var{register} and add @var{offset} to it}.
4839
d3b47e2b 4840@subsection @code{.cfi_def_cfa_register @var{register}}
54cfded0
AM
4841@code{.cfi_def_cfa_register} modifies a rule for computing CFA. From
4842now on @var{register} will be used instead of the old one. Offset
4843remains the same.
4844
d3b47e2b 4845@subsection @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
54cfded0
AM
4846@code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} modifies a rule for computing CFA. Register
4847remains the same, but @var{offset} is new. Note that it is the
4848absolute offset that will be added to a defined register to compute
4849CFA address.
4850
d3b47e2b 4851@subsection @code{.cfi_adjust_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
54cfded0
AM
4852Same as @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} but @var{offset} is a relative
4853value that is added/substracted from the previous offset.
4854
d3b47e2b 4855@subsection @code{.cfi_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
54cfded0 4856Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
01642c12 4857CFA.
54cfded0 4858
084303b8
AK
4859@subsection @code{.cfi_val_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
4860Previous value of @var{register} is CFA + @var{offset}.
4861
d3b47e2b 4862@subsection @code{.cfi_rel_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
17076204
RH
4863Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
4864the current CFA register. This is transformed to @code{.cfi_offset}
4865using the known displacement of the CFA register from the CFA.
4866This is often easier to use, because the number will match the
4867code it's annotating.
54cfded0 4868
d3b47e2b 4869@subsection @code{.cfi_register @var{register1}, @var{register2}}
4b7d318b
L
4870Previous value of @var{register1} is saved in register @var{register2}.
4871
d3b47e2b 4872@subsection @code{.cfi_restore @var{register}}
01642c12
RM
4873@code{.cfi_restore} says that the rule for @var{register} is now the
4874same as it was at the beginning of the function, after all initial
4b7d318b
L
4875instruction added by @code{.cfi_startproc} were executed.
4876
d3b47e2b 4877@subsection @code{.cfi_undefined @var{register}}
4b7d318b
L
4878From now on the previous value of @var{register} can't be restored anymore.
4879
d3b47e2b 4880@subsection @code{.cfi_same_value @var{register}}
01642c12 4881Current value of @var{register} is the same like in the previous frame,
4b7d318b
L
4882i.e. no restoration needed.
4883
48eac74c
MG
4884@subsection @code{.cfi_remember_state} and @code{.cfi_restore_state}
4885@code{.cfi_remember_state} pushes the set of rules for every register onto an
4886implicit stack, while @code{.cfi_restore_state} pops them off the stack and
4887places them in the current row. This is useful for situations where you have
4888multiple @code{.cfi_*} directives that need to be undone due to the control
4889flow of the program. For example, we could have something like this (assuming
4890the CFA is the value of @code{rbp}):
4891
4892@smallexample
4893 je label
4894 popq %rbx
4895 .cfi_restore %rbx
4896 popq %r12
4897 .cfi_restore %r12
4898 popq %rbp
4899 .cfi_restore %rbp
4900 .cfi_def_cfa %rsp, 8
4901 ret
4902label:
4903 /* Do something else */
4904@end smallexample
4905
4906Here, we want the @code{.cfi} directives to affect only the rows corresponding
4907to the instructions before @code{label}. This means we'd have to add multiple
4908@code{.cfi} directives after @code{label} to recreate the original save
4909locations of the registers, as well as setting the CFA back to the value of
4910@code{rbp}. This would be clumsy, and result in a larger binary size. Instead,
4911we can write:
4912
4913@smallexample
4914 je label
4915 popq %rbx
4916 .cfi_remember_state
4917 .cfi_restore %rbx
4918 popq %r12
4919 .cfi_restore %r12
4920 popq %rbp
4921 .cfi_restore %rbp
4922 .cfi_def_cfa %rsp, 8
4923 ret
4924label:
4925 .cfi_restore_state
4926 /* Do something else */
4927@end smallexample
4928
4929That way, the rules for the instructions after @code{label} will be the same
4930as before the first @code{.cfi_restore} without having to use multiple
4931@code{.cfi} directives.
4b7d318b 4932
d3b47e2b 4933@subsection @code{.cfi_return_column @var{register}}
01642c12 4934Change return column @var{register}, i.e. the return address is either
4b7d318b
L
4935directly in @var{register} or can be accessed by rules for @var{register}.
4936
d3b47e2b 4937@subsection @code{.cfi_signal_frame}
63752a75
JJ
4938Mark current function as signal trampoline.
4939
d3b47e2b 4940@subsection @code{.cfi_window_save}
364b6d8b
JJ
4941SPARC register window has been saved.
4942
d3b47e2b 4943@subsection @code{.cfi_escape} @var{expression}[, @dots{}]
cdfbf930
RH
4944Allows the user to add arbitrary bytes to the unwind info. One
4945might use this to add OS-specific CFI opcodes, or generic CFI
4946opcodes that GAS does not yet support.
252b5132 4947
d3b47e2b 4948@subsection @code{.cfi_val_encoded_addr @var{register}, @var{encoding}, @var{label}}
f1c4cc75
RH
4949The current value of @var{register} is @var{label}. The value of @var{label}
4950will be encoded in the output file according to @var{encoding}; see the
4951description of @code{.cfi_personality} for details on this encoding.
4952
4953The usefulness of equating a register to a fixed label is probably
4954limited to the return address register. Here, it can be useful to
4955mark a code segment that has only one return address which is reached
4956by a direct branch and no copy of the return address exists in memory
4957or another register.
4958
ccf8a69b
BW
4959@node Comm
4960@section @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
bd0eb99b 4961
ccf8a69b
BW
4962@cindex @code{comm} directive
4963@cindex symbol, common
4964@code{.comm} declares a common symbol named @var{symbol}. When linking, a
4965common symbol in one object file may be merged with a defined or common symbol
4966of the same name in another object file. If @code{@value{LD}} does not see a
4967definition for the symbol--just one or more common symbols--then it will
4968allocate @var{length} bytes of uninitialized memory. @var{length} must be an
4969absolute expression. If @code{@value{LD}} sees multiple common symbols with
4970the same name, and they do not all have the same size, it will allocate space
4971using the largest size.
07a53e5c 4972
c1711530
DK
4973@ifset COFF-ELF
4974When using ELF or (as a GNU extension) PE, the @code{.comm} directive takes
01642c12 4975an optional third argument. This is the desired alignment of the symbol,
c1711530
DK
4976specified for ELF as a byte boundary (for example, an alignment of 16 means
4977that the least significant 4 bits of the address should be zero), and for PE
4978as a power of two (for example, an alignment of 5 means aligned to a 32-byte
01642c12 4979boundary). The alignment must be an absolute expression, and it must be a
c1711530 4980power of two. If @code{@value{LD}} allocates uninitialized memory for the
01642c12 4981common symbol, it will use the alignment when placing the symbol. If no
c1711530 4982alignment is specified, @command{@value{AS}} will set the alignment to the
ccf8a69b 4983largest power of two less than or equal to the size of the symbol, up to a
c1711530
DK
4984maximum of 16 on ELF, or the default section alignment of 4 on PE@footnote{This
4985is not the same as the executable image file alignment controlled by @code{@value{LD}}'s
4986@samp{--section-alignment} option; image file sections in PE are aligned to
4987multiples of 4096, which is far too large an alignment for ordinary variables.
4988It is rather the default alignment for (non-debug) sections within object
4989(@samp{*.o}) files, which are less strictly aligned.}.
ccf8a69b 4990@end ifset
cd1fcb49 4991
ccf8a69b
BW
4992@ifset HPPA
4993The syntax for @code{.comm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
4994@samp{@var{symbol} .comm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
4995@end ifset
07a53e5c 4996
252b5132
RH
4997@node Data
4998@section @code{.data @var{subsection}}
4999
5000@cindex @code{data} directive
a4fb0134 5001@code{.data} tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the
252b5132
RH
5002end of the data subsection numbered @var{subsection} (which is an
5003absolute expression). If @var{subsection} is omitted, it defaults
5004to zero.
5005
5006@ifset COFF
5007@node Def
5008@section @code{.def @var{name}}
5009
5010@cindex @code{def} directive
5011@cindex COFF symbols, debugging
5012@cindex debugging COFF symbols
5013Begin defining debugging information for a symbol @var{name}; the
5014definition extends until the @code{.endef} directive is encountered.
5015@ifset BOUT
5016
a4fb0134 5017This directive is only observed when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF
252b5132
RH
5018format output; when producing @code{b.out}, @samp{.def} is recognized,
5019but ignored.
5020@end ifset
5021@end ifset
5022
5023@ifset aout-bout
5024@node Desc
5025@section @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
5026
5027@cindex @code{desc} directive
5028@cindex COFF symbol descriptor
5029@cindex symbol descriptor, COFF
5030This directive sets the descriptor of the symbol (@pxref{Symbol Attributes})
5031to the low 16 bits of an absolute expression.
5032
5033@ifset COFF
a4fb0134 5034The @samp{.desc} directive is not available when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132 5035configured for COFF output; it is only for @code{a.out} or @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 5036object format. For the sake of compatibility, @command{@value{AS}} accepts
252b5132
RH
5037it, but produces no output, when configured for COFF.
5038@end ifset
5039@end ifset
5040
5041@ifset COFF
5042@node Dim
5043@section @code{.dim}
5044
5045@cindex @code{dim} directive
5046@cindex COFF auxiliary symbol information
5047@cindex auxiliary symbol information, COFF
5048This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
5049information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
5050@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs.
5051@ifset BOUT
5052
5053@samp{.dim} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 5054@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
5055ignores it.
5056@end ifset
5057@end ifset
5058
5059@node Double
5060@section @code{.double @var{flonums}}
5061
5062@cindex @code{double} directive
5063@cindex floating point numbers (double)
5064@code{.double} expects zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
5065assembles floating point numbers.
5066@ifset GENERIC
5067The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 5068@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
5069@end ifset
5070@ifclear GENERIC
5071@ifset IEEEFLOAT
5072On the @value{TARGET} family @samp{.double} emits 64-bit floating-point numbers
5073in @sc{ieee} format.
5074@end ifset
5075@end ifclear
5076
5077@node Eject
5078@section @code{.eject}
5079
5080@cindex @code{eject} directive
5081@cindex new page, in listings
5082@cindex page, in listings
5083@cindex listing control: new page
5084Force a page break at this point, when generating assembly listings.
5085
5086@node Else
5087@section @code{.else}
5088
5089@cindex @code{else} directive
a4fb0134 5090@code{.else} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 5091assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It marks the beginning of a section
252b5132
RH
5092of code to be assembled if the condition for the preceding @code{.if}
5093was false.
5094
3fd9f047
TW
5095@node Elseif
5096@section @code{.elseif}
5097
5098@cindex @code{elseif} directive
a4fb0134 5099@code{.elseif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 5100assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It is shorthand for beginning a new
3fd9f047
TW
5101@code{.if} block that would otherwise fill the entire @code{.else} section.
5102
252b5132
RH
5103@node End
5104@section @code{.end}
5105
5106@cindex @code{end} directive
a4fb0134 5107@code{.end} marks the end of the assembly file. @command{@value{AS}} does not
252b5132
RH
5108process anything in the file past the @code{.end} directive.
5109
5110@ifset COFF
5111@node Endef
5112@section @code{.endef}
5113
5114@cindex @code{endef} directive
5115This directive flags the end of a symbol definition begun with
5116@code{.def}.
5117@ifset BOUT
5118
5119@samp{.endef} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; if
a4fb0134 5120@command{@value{AS}} is configured to generate @code{b.out}, it accepts this
252b5132
RH
5121directive but ignores it.
5122@end ifset
5123@end ifset
5124
5125@node Endfunc
5126@section @code{.endfunc}
5127@cindex @code{endfunc} directive
5128@code{.endfunc} marks the end of a function specified with @code{.func}.
5129
5130@node Endif
5131@section @code{.endif}
5132
5133@cindex @code{endif} directive
a4fb0134 5134@code{.endif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional assembly;
252b5132
RH
5135it marks the end of a block of code that is only assembled
5136conditionally. @xref{If,,@code{.if}}.
5137
5138@node Equ
5139@section @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5140
5141@cindex @code{equ} directive
5142@cindex assigning values to symbols
5143@cindex symbols, assigning values to
5144This directive sets the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}.
96e9638b 5145It is synonymous with @samp{.set}; see @ref{Set,,@code{.set}}.
252b5132
RH
5146
5147@ifset HPPA
01642c12 5148The syntax for @code{equ} on the HPPA is
252b5132
RH
5149@samp{@var{symbol} .equ @var{expression}}.
5150@end ifset
5151
3c9b82ba 5152@ifset Z80
01642c12
RM
5153The syntax for @code{equ} on the Z80 is
5154@samp{@var{symbol} equ @var{expression}}.
3c9b82ba 5155On the Z80 it is an eror if @var{symbol} is already defined,
01642c12 5156but the symbol is not protected from later redefinition.
96e9638b 5157Compare @ref{Equiv}.
3c9b82ba
NC
5158@end ifset
5159
252b5132
RH
5160@node Equiv
5161@section @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5162@cindex @code{equiv} directive
5163The @code{.equiv} directive is like @code{.equ} and @code{.set}, except that
8dfa0188
NC
5164the assembler will signal an error if @var{symbol} is already defined. Note a
5165symbol which has been referenced but not actually defined is considered to be
5166undefined.
252b5132 5167
01642c12 5168Except for the contents of the error message, this is roughly equivalent to
252b5132
RH
5169@smallexample
5170.ifdef SYM
5171.err
5172.endif
5173.equ SYM,VAL
5174@end smallexample
9497f5ac
NC
5175plus it protects the symbol from later redefinition.
5176
5177@node Eqv
5178@section @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5179@cindex @code{eqv} directive
5180The @code{.eqv} directive is like @code{.equiv}, but no attempt is made to
5181evaluate the expression or any part of it immediately. Instead each time
5182the resulting symbol is used in an expression, a snapshot of its current
5183value is taken.
252b5132
RH
5184
5185@node Err
5186@section @code{.err}
5187@cindex @code{err} directive
a4fb0134
SC
5188If @command{@value{AS}} assembles a @code{.err} directive, it will print an error
5189message and, unless the @option{-Z} option was used, it will not generate an
f9eb6721 5190object file. This can be used to signal an error in conditionally compiled code.
252b5132 5191
d190d046
HPN
5192@node Error
5193@section @code{.error "@var{string}"}
5194@cindex error directive
5195
5196Similarly to @code{.err}, this directive emits an error, but you can specify a
5197string that will be emitted as the error message. If you don't specify the
5198message, it defaults to @code{".error directive invoked in source file"}.
5199@xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
5200
5201@smallexample
5202 .error "This code has not been assembled and tested."
5203@end smallexample
5204
252b5132
RH
5205@node Exitm
5206@section @code{.exitm}
5207Exit early from the current macro definition. @xref{Macro}.
5208
5209@node Extern
5210@section @code{.extern}
5211
5212@cindex @code{extern} directive
5213@code{.extern} is accepted in the source program---for compatibility
a4fb0134 5214with other assemblers---but it is ignored. @command{@value{AS}} treats
252b5132
RH
5215all undefined symbols as external.
5216
5217@node Fail
5218@section @code{.fail @var{expression}}
5219
5220@cindex @code{fail} directive
5221Generates an error or a warning. If the value of the @var{expression} is 500
a4fb0134
SC
5222or more, @command{@value{AS}} will print a warning message. If the value is less
5223than 500, @command{@value{AS}} will print an error message. The message will
252b5132
RH
5224include the value of @var{expression}. This can occasionally be useful inside
5225complex nested macros or conditional assembly.
5226
252b5132 5227@node File
14082c76 5228@section @code{.file}
252b5132 5229@cindex @code{file} directive
14082c76
BW
5230
5231@ifclear no-file-dir
5232There are two different versions of the @code{.file} directive. Targets
5233that support DWARF2 line number information use the DWARF2 version of
5234@code{.file}. Other targets use the default version.
5235
5236@subheading Default Version
5237
252b5132
RH
5238@cindex logical file name
5239@cindex file name, logical
14082c76
BW
5240This version of the @code{.file} directive tells @command{@value{AS}} that we
5241are about to start a new logical file. The syntax is:
5242
5243@smallexample
5244.file @var{string}
5245@end smallexample
5246
5247@var{string} is the new file name. In general, the filename is
252b5132
RH
5248recognized whether or not it is surrounded by quotes @samp{"}; but if you wish
5249to specify an empty file name, you must give the quotes--@code{""}. This
5250statement may go away in future: it is only recognized to be compatible with
a4fb0134 5251old @command{@value{AS}} programs.
14082c76
BW
5252
5253@subheading DWARF2 Version
252b5132
RH
5254@end ifclear
5255
14082c76
BW
5256When emitting DWARF2 line number information, @code{.file} assigns filenames
5257to the @code{.debug_line} file name table. The syntax is:
5258
5259@smallexample
5260.file @var{fileno} @var{filename}
5261@end smallexample
5262
5263The @var{fileno} operand should be a unique positive integer to use as the
5264index of the entry in the table. The @var{filename} operand is a C string
5265literal.
5266
5267The detail of filename indices is exposed to the user because the filename
5268table is shared with the @code{.debug_info} section of the DWARF2 debugging
5269information, and thus the user must know the exact indices that table
5270entries will have.
5271
252b5132
RH
5272@node Fill
5273@section @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
5274
5275@cindex @code{fill} directive
5276@cindex writing patterns in memory
5277@cindex patterns, writing in memory
bc64be0c 5278@var{repeat}, @var{size} and @var{value} are absolute expressions.
252b5132
RH
5279This emits @var{repeat} copies of @var{size} bytes. @var{Repeat}
5280may be zero or more. @var{Size} may be zero or more, but if it is
5281more than 8, then it is deemed to have the value 8, compatible with
5282other people's assemblers. The contents of each @var{repeat} bytes
5283is taken from an 8-byte number. The highest order 4 bytes are
5284zero. The lowest order 4 bytes are @var{value} rendered in the
a4fb0134 5285byte-order of an integer on the computer @command{@value{AS}} is assembling for.
252b5132
RH
5286Each @var{size} bytes in a repetition is taken from the lowest order
5287@var{size} bytes of this number. Again, this bizarre behavior is
5288compatible with other people's assemblers.
5289
5290@var{size} and @var{value} are optional.
5291If the second comma and @var{value} are absent, @var{value} is
5292assumed zero. If the first comma and following tokens are absent,
5293@var{size} is assumed to be 1.
5294
5295@node Float
5296@section @code{.float @var{flonums}}
5297
5298@cindex floating point numbers (single)
5299@cindex @code{float} directive
5300This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
5301has the same effect as @code{.single}.
5302@ifset GENERIC
5303The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 5304@command{@value{AS}} is configured.
252b5132
RH
5305@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
5306@end ifset
5307@ifclear GENERIC
5308@ifset IEEEFLOAT
5309On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.float} emits 32-bit floating point numbers
5310in @sc{ieee} format.
5311@end ifset
5312@end ifclear
5313
5314@node Func
5315@section @code{.func @var{name}[,@var{label}]}
5316@cindex @code{func} directive
5317@code{.func} emits debugging information to denote function @var{name}, and
5318is ignored unless the file is assembled with debugging enabled.
05da4302 5319Only @samp{--gstabs[+]} is currently supported.
252b5132
RH
5320@var{label} is the entry point of the function and if omitted @var{name}
5321prepended with the @samp{leading char} is used.
5322@samp{leading char} is usually @code{_} or nothing, depending on the target.
5323All functions are currently defined to have @code{void} return type.
5324The function must be terminated with @code{.endfunc}.
5325
5326@node Global
5327@section @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
5328
5329@cindex @code{global} directive
5330@cindex symbol, making visible to linker
5331@code{.global} makes the symbol visible to @code{@value{LD}}. If you define
5332@var{symbol} in your partial program, its value is made available to
5333other partial programs that are linked with it. Otherwise,
5334@var{symbol} takes its attributes from a symbol of the same name
5335from another file linked into the same program.
5336
5337Both spellings (@samp{.globl} and @samp{.global}) are accepted, for
5338compatibility with other assemblers.
5339
5340@ifset HPPA
5341On the HPPA, @code{.global} is not always enough to make it accessible to other
5342partial programs. You may need the HPPA-only @code{.EXPORT} directive as well.
96e9638b 5343@xref{HPPA Directives, ,HPPA Assembler Directives}.
252b5132
RH
5344@end ifset
5345
c91d2e08 5346@ifset ELF
3a99f02f
DJ
5347@node Gnu_attribute
5348@section @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
5349Record a @sc{gnu} object attribute for this file. @xref{Object Attributes}.
5350
c91d2e08
NC
5351@node Hidden
5352@section @code{.hidden @var{names}}
5353
c1253627
NC
5354@cindex @code{hidden} directive
5355@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5356This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 5357@code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal,,@code{.internal}}) and
a349d9dd 5358@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
5359
5360This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5361their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5362@code{hidden} which means that the symbols are not visible to other components.
01642c12 5363Such symbols are always considered to be @code{protected} as well.
c91d2e08
NC
5364@end ifset
5365
252b5132
RH
5366@node hword
5367@section @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
5368
5369@cindex @code{hword} directive
5370@cindex integers, 16-bit
5371@cindex numbers, 16-bit
5372@cindex sixteen bit integers
5373This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
5374a 16 bit number for each.
5375
5376@ifset GENERIC
5377This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}; depending on the target
5378architecture, it may also be a synonym for @samp{.word}.
5379@end ifset
5380@ifclear GENERIC
5381@ifset W32
5382This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}.
5383@end ifset
5384@ifset W16
5385This directive is a synonym for both @samp{.short} and @samp{.word}.
5386@end ifset
5387@end ifclear
5388
5389@node Ident
5390@section @code{.ident}
5391
5392@cindex @code{ident} directive
cb4c78d6
BE
5393
5394This directive is used by some assemblers to place tags in object files. The
5395behavior of this directive varies depending on the target. When using the
5396a.out object file format, @command{@value{AS}} simply accepts the directive for
5397source-file compatibility with existing assemblers, but does not emit anything
5398for it. When using COFF, comments are emitted to the @code{.comment} or
5399@code{.rdata} section, depending on the target. When using ELF, comments are
5400emitted to the @code{.comment} section.
252b5132
RH
5401
5402@node If
5403@section @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
5404
5405@cindex conditional assembly
5406@cindex @code{if} directive
5407@code{.if} marks the beginning of a section of code which is only
5408considered part of the source program being assembled if the argument
5409(which must be an @var{absolute expression}) is non-zero. The end of
5410the conditional section of code must be marked by @code{.endif}
5411(@pxref{Endif,,@code{.endif}}); optionally, you may include code for the
5412alternative condition, flagged by @code{.else} (@pxref{Else,,@code{.else}}).
3fd9f047
TW
5413If you have several conditions to check, @code{.elseif} may be used to avoid
5414nesting blocks if/else within each subsequent @code{.else} block.
252b5132
RH
5415
5416The following variants of @code{.if} are also supported:
5417@table @code
5418@cindex @code{ifdef} directive
5419@item .ifdef @var{symbol}
5420Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
5421has been defined. Note a symbol which has been referenced but not yet defined
5422is considered to be undefined.
252b5132 5423
26aca5f6
JB
5424@cindex @code{ifb} directive
5425@item .ifb @var{text}
5426Assembles the following section of code if the operand is blank (empty).
5427
252b5132
RH
5428@cindex @code{ifc} directive
5429@item .ifc @var{string1},@var{string2}
5430Assembles the following section of code if the two strings are the same. The
5431strings may be optionally quoted with single quotes. If they are not quoted,
5432the first string stops at the first comma, and the second string stops at the
5433end of the line. Strings which contain whitespace should be quoted. The
5434string comparison is case sensitive.
5435
5436@cindex @code{ifeq} directive
5437@item .ifeq @var{absolute expression}
5438Assembles the following section of code if the argument is zero.
5439
5440@cindex @code{ifeqs} directive
5441@item .ifeqs @var{string1},@var{string2}
5442Another form of @code{.ifc}. The strings must be quoted using double quotes.
5443
5444@cindex @code{ifge} directive
5445@item .ifge @var{absolute expression}
5446Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than or
5447equal to zero.
5448
5449@cindex @code{ifgt} directive
5450@item .ifgt @var{absolute expression}
5451Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than zero.
5452
5453@cindex @code{ifle} directive
5454@item .ifle @var{absolute expression}
5455Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than or equal
5456to zero.
5457
5458@cindex @code{iflt} directive
5459@item .iflt @var{absolute expression}
5460Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than zero.
5461
26aca5f6
JB
5462@cindex @code{ifnb} directive
5463@item .ifnb @var{text}
5464Like @code{.ifb}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5465following section of code if the operand is non-blank (non-empty).
5466
252b5132
RH
5467@cindex @code{ifnc} directive
5468@item .ifnc @var{string1},@var{string2}.
5469Like @code{.ifc}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5470following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
5471
5472@cindex @code{ifndef} directive
5473@cindex @code{ifnotdef} directive
5474@item .ifndef @var{symbol}
5475@itemx .ifnotdef @var{symbol}
5476Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
5477has not been defined. Both spelling variants are equivalent. Note a symbol
5478which has been referenced but not yet defined is considered to be undefined.
252b5132
RH
5479
5480@cindex @code{ifne} directive
5481@item .ifne @var{absolute expression}
5482Assembles the following section of code if the argument is not equal to zero
5483(in other words, this is equivalent to @code{.if}).
5484
5485@cindex @code{ifnes} directive
5486@item .ifnes @var{string1},@var{string2}
5487Like @code{.ifeqs}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5488following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
5489@end table
5490
7e005732
NC
5491@node Incbin
5492@section @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
5493
5494@cindex @code{incbin} directive
5495@cindex binary files, including
5496The @code{incbin} directive includes @var{file} verbatim at the current
5497location. You can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line
5498option (@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
5499around @var{file}.
5500
5501The @var{skip} argument skips a number of bytes from the start of the
5502@var{file}. The @var{count} argument indicates the maximum number of bytes to
15dcfbc3
NC
5503read. Note that the data is not aligned in any way, so it is the user's
5504responsibility to make sure that proper alignment is provided both before and
5505after the @code{incbin} directive.
7e005732 5506
252b5132
RH
5507@node Include
5508@section @code{.include "@var{file}"}
5509
5510@cindex @code{include} directive
5511@cindex supporting files, including
5512@cindex files, including
5513This directive provides a way to include supporting files at specified
5514points in your source program. The code from @var{file} is assembled as
5515if it followed the point of the @code{.include}; when the end of the
5516included file is reached, assembly of the original file continues. You
5517can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line option
5518(@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
5519around @var{file}.
5520
5521@node Int
5522@section @code{.int @var{expressions}}
5523
5524@cindex @code{int} directive
5525@cindex integers, 32-bit
5526Expect zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section, separated by commas.
5527For each expression, emit a number that, at run time, is the value of that
5528expression. The byte order and bit size of the number depends on what kind
5529of target the assembly is for.
5530
5531@ifclear GENERIC
5532@ifset H8
7be1c489 5533On most forms of the H8/300, @code{.int} emits 16-bit
c2dcd04e 5534integers. On the H8/300H and the Renesas SH, however, @code{.int} emits
252b5132
RH
553532-bit integers.
5536@end ifset
5537@end ifclear
5538
c91d2e08
NC
5539@ifset ELF
5540@node Internal
5541@section @code{.internal @var{names}}
5542
c1253627
NC
5543@cindex @code{internal} directive
5544@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5545This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 5546@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden,,@code{.hidden}}) and
a349d9dd 5547@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
5548
5549This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5550their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5551@code{internal} which means that the symbols are considered to be @code{hidden}
c1253627 5552(i.e., not visible to other components), and that some extra, processor specific
c91d2e08
NC
5553processing must also be performed upon the symbols as well.
5554@end ifset
5555
252b5132
RH
5556@node Irp
5557@section @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5558
5559@cindex @code{irp} directive
5560Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5561The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irp} directive, and is
5562terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each @var{value}, @var{symbol} is
5563set to @var{value}, and the sequence of statements is assembled. If no
5564@var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is assembled once, with
5565@var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to @var{symbol} within the
5566sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5567
5568For example, assembling
5569
5570@example
5571 .irp param,1,2,3
5572 move d\param,sp@@-
5573 .endr
5574@end example
5575
5576is equivalent to assembling
5577
5578@example
5579 move d1,sp@@-
5580 move d2,sp@@-
5581 move d3,sp@@-
5582@end example
5583
96e9638b 5584For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also @ref{Macro}.
5e75c3ab 5585
252b5132
RH
5586@node Irpc
5587@section @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5588
5589@cindex @code{irpc} directive
5590Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5591The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irpc} directive, and is
5592terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each character in @var{value},
5593@var{symbol} is set to the character, and the sequence of statements is
5594assembled. If no @var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is
5595assembled once, with @var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to
5596@var{symbol} within the sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5597
5598For example, assembling
5599
5600@example
5601 .irpc param,123
5602 move d\param,sp@@-
5603 .endr
5604@end example
5605
5606is equivalent to assembling
5607
5608@example
5609 move d1,sp@@-
5610 move d2,sp@@-
5611 move d3,sp@@-
5612@end example
5613
5e75c3ab
JB
5614For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also the discussion
5615at @xref{Macro}.
5616
252b5132
RH
5617@node Lcomm
5618@section @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
5619
5620@cindex @code{lcomm} directive
5621@cindex local common symbols
5622@cindex symbols, local common
5623Reserve @var{length} (an absolute expression) bytes for a local common
5624denoted by @var{symbol}. The section and value of @var{symbol} are
5625those of the new local common. The addresses are allocated in the bss
5626section, so that at run-time the bytes start off zeroed. @var{Symbol}
5627is not declared global (@pxref{Global,,@code{.global}}), so is normally
5628not visible to @code{@value{LD}}.
5629
5630@ifset GENERIC
5631Some targets permit a third argument to be used with @code{.lcomm}. This
5632argument specifies the desired alignment of the symbol in the bss section.
5633@end ifset
5634
5635@ifset HPPA
5636The syntax for @code{.lcomm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
5637@samp{@var{symbol} .lcomm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
5638@end ifset
5639
5640@node Lflags
5641@section @code{.lflags}
5642
5643@cindex @code{lflags} directive (ignored)
a4fb0134 5644@command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive, for compatibility with other
252b5132
RH
5645assemblers, but ignores it.
5646
5647@ifclear no-line-dir
5648@node Line
5649@section @code{.line @var{line-number}}
5650
5651@cindex @code{line} directive
252b5132
RH
5652@cindex logical line number
5653@ifset aout-bout
5654Change the logical line number. @var{line-number} must be an absolute
5655expression. The next line has that logical line number. Therefore any other
5656statements on the current line (after a statement separator character) are
5657reported as on logical line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1. One day
a4fb0134 5658@command{@value{AS}} will no longer support this directive: it is recognized only
252b5132 5659for compatibility with existing assembler programs.
252b5132
RH
5660@end ifset
5661
252b5132 5662Even though this is a directive associated with the @code{a.out} or
a4fb0134 5663@code{b.out} object-code formats, @command{@value{AS}} still recognizes it
252b5132
RH
5664when producing COFF output, and treats @samp{.line} as though it
5665were the COFF @samp{.ln} @emph{if} it is found outside a
5666@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair.
5667
5668Inside a @code{.def}, @samp{.line} is, instead, one of the directives
5669used by compilers to generate auxiliary symbol information for
5670debugging.
5671@end ifclear
5672
5673@node Linkonce
5674@section @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
5675@cindex COMDAT
5676@cindex @code{linkonce} directive
5677@cindex common sections
5678Mark the current section so that the linker only includes a single copy of it.
5679This may be used to include the same section in several different object files,
5680but ensure that the linker will only include it once in the final output file.
5681The @code{.linkonce} pseudo-op must be used for each instance of the section.
5682Duplicate sections are detected based on the section name, so it should be
5683unique.
5684
5685This directive is only supported by a few object file formats; as of this
5686writing, the only object file format which supports it is the Portable
5687Executable format used on Windows NT.
5688
5689The @var{type} argument is optional. If specified, it must be one of the
5690following strings. For example:
5691@smallexample
5692.linkonce same_size
5693@end smallexample
5694Not all types may be supported on all object file formats.
5695
5696@table @code
5697@item discard
5698Silently discard duplicate sections. This is the default.
5699
5700@item one_only
5701Warn if there are duplicate sections, but still keep only one copy.
5702
5703@item same_size
5704Warn if any of the duplicates have different sizes.
5705
5706@item same_contents
5707Warn if any of the duplicates do not have exactly the same contents.
5708@end table
5709
ccf8a69b
BW
5710@node List
5711@section @code{.list}
5712
5713@cindex @code{list} directive
5714@cindex listing control, turning on
5715Control (in conjunction with the @code{.nolist} directive) whether or
5716not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5717internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5718counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5719generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5720
5721By default, listings are disabled. When you enable them (with the
5722@samp{-a} command line option; @pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}),
5723the initial value of the listing counter is one.
5724
252b5132
RH
5725@node Ln
5726@section @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
5727
5728@cindex @code{ln} directive
5729@ifclear no-line-dir
5730@samp{.ln} is a synonym for @samp{.line}.
5731@end ifclear
5732@ifset no-line-dir
a4fb0134 5733Tell @command{@value{AS}} to change the logical line number. @var{line-number}
252b5132
RH
5734must be an absolute expression. The next line has that logical
5735line number, so any other statements on the current line (after a
5736statement separator character @code{;}) are reported as on logical
5737line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1.
5738@ifset BOUT
5739
a4fb0134 5740This directive is accepted, but ignored, when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132
RH
5741configured for @code{b.out}; its effect is only associated with COFF
5742output format.
5743@end ifset
5744@end ifset
5745
ccf8a69b
BW
5746@node Loc
5747@section @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno} [@var{column}] [@var{options}]}
5748@cindex @code{loc} directive
5749When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5750the @code{.loc} directive will add a row to the @code{.debug_line} line
5751number matrix corresponding to the immediately following assembly
5752instruction. The @var{fileno}, @var{lineno}, and optional @var{column}
5753arguments will be applied to the @code{.debug_line} state machine before
5754the row is added.
252b5132 5755
ccf8a69b
BW
5756The @var{options} are a sequence of the following tokens in any order:
5757
5758@table @code
5759@item basic_block
5760This option will set the @code{basic_block} register in the
5761@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5762
5763@item prologue_end
5764This option will set the @code{prologue_end} register in the
5765@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5766
5767@item epilogue_begin
5768This option will set the @code{epilogue_begin} register in the
5769@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5770
5771@item is_stmt @var{value}
5772This option will set the @code{is_stmt} register in the
01642c12 5773@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{value}, which must be
ccf8a69b
BW
5774either 0 or 1.
5775
5776@item isa @var{value}
5777This directive will set the @code{isa} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5778state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5779
92846e72
CC
5780@item discriminator @var{value}
5781This directive will set the @code{discriminator} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5782state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5783
ccf8a69b
BW
5784@end table
5785
5786@node Loc_mark_labels
5787@section @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
5788@cindex @code{loc_mark_labels} directive
5789When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5790the @code{.loc_mark_labels} directive makes the assembler emit an entry
5791to the @code{.debug_line} line number matrix with the @code{basic_block}
5792register in the state machine set whenever a code label is seen.
5793The @var{enable} argument should be either 1 or 0, to enable or disable
5794this function respectively.
252b5132 5795
4d4175af
BW
5796@ifset ELF
5797@node Local
5798@section @code{.local @var{names}}
5799
5800@cindex @code{local} directive
5801This directive, which is available for ELF targets, marks each symbol in
5802the comma-separated list of @code{names} as a local symbol so that it
5803will not be externally visible. If the symbols do not already exist,
5804they will be created.
5805
5806For targets where the @code{.lcomm} directive (@pxref{Lcomm}) does not
5807accept an alignment argument, which is the case for most ELF targets,
5808the @code{.local} directive can be used in combination with @code{.comm}
5809(@pxref{Comm}) to define aligned local common data.
5810@end ifset
5811
252b5132
RH
5812@node Long
5813@section @code{.long @var{expressions}}
5814
5815@cindex @code{long} directive
96e9638b 5816@code{.long} is the same as @samp{.int}. @xref{Int,,@code{.int}}.
252b5132
RH
5817
5818@ignore
5819@c no one seems to know what this is for or whether this description is
5820@c what it really ought to do
5821@node Lsym
5822@section @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5823
5824@cindex @code{lsym} directive
5825@cindex symbol, not referenced in assembly
5826@code{.lsym} creates a new symbol named @var{symbol}, but does not put it in
5827the hash table, ensuring it cannot be referenced by name during the
5828rest of the assembly. This sets the attributes of the symbol to be
5829the same as the expression value:
5830@smallexample
5831@var{other} = @var{descriptor} = 0
5832@var{type} = @r{(section of @var{expression})}
5833@var{value} = @var{expression}
5834@end smallexample
5835@noindent
5836The new symbol is not flagged as external.
5837@end ignore
5838
5839@node Macro
5840@section @code{.macro}
5841
5842@cindex macros
5843The commands @code{.macro} and @code{.endm} allow you to define macros that
5844generate assembly output. For example, this definition specifies a macro
5845@code{sum} that puts a sequence of numbers into memory:
5846
5847@example
5848 .macro sum from=0, to=5
5849 .long \from
5850 .if \to-\from
5851 sum "(\from+1)",\to
5852 .endif
5853 .endm
5854@end example
5855
5856@noindent
5857With that definition, @samp{SUM 0,5} is equivalent to this assembly input:
5858
5859@example
5860 .long 0
5861 .long 1
5862 .long 2
5863 .long 3
5864 .long 4
5865 .long 5
5866@end example
5867
5868@ftable @code
5869@item .macro @var{macname}
5870@itemx .macro @var{macname} @var{macargs} @dots{}
5871@cindex @code{macro} directive
5872Begin the definition of a macro called @var{macname}. If your macro
5873definition requires arguments, specify their names after the macro name,
6eaeac8a
JB
5874separated by commas or spaces. You can qualify the macro argument to
5875indicate whether all invocations must specify a non-blank value (through
5876@samp{:@code{req}}), or whether it takes all of the remaining arguments
5877(through @samp{:@code{vararg}}). You can supply a default value for any
fffeaa5f
JB
5878macro argument by following the name with @samp{=@var{deflt}}. You
5879cannot define two macros with the same @var{macname} unless it has been
96e9638b 5880subject to the @code{.purgem} directive (@pxref{Purgem}) between the two
fffeaa5f 5881definitions. For example, these are all valid @code{.macro} statements:
252b5132
RH
5882
5883@table @code
5884@item .macro comm
5885Begin the definition of a macro called @code{comm}, which takes no
5886arguments.
5887
6258339f 5888@item .macro plus1 p, p1
252b5132
RH
5889@itemx .macro plus1 p p1
5890Either statement begins the definition of a macro called @code{plus1},
5891which takes two arguments; within the macro definition, write
5892@samp{\p} or @samp{\p1} to evaluate the arguments.
5893
5894@item .macro reserve_str p1=0 p2
5895Begin the definition of a macro called @code{reserve_str}, with two
5896arguments. The first argument has a default value, but not the second.
5897After the definition is complete, you can call the macro either as
5898@samp{reserve_str @var{a},@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating to
5899@var{a} and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}), or as @samp{reserve_str
5900,@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating as the default, in this case
5901@samp{0}, and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}).
252b5132 5902
6eaeac8a
JB
5903@item .macro m p1:req, p2=0, p3:vararg
5904Begin the definition of a macro called @code{m}, with at least three
5905arguments. The first argument must always have a value specified, but
5906not the second, which instead has a default value. The third formal
5907will get assigned all remaining arguments specified at invocation time.
5908
252b5132
RH
5909When you call a macro, you can specify the argument values either by
5910position, or by keyword. For example, @samp{sum 9,17} is equivalent to
5911@samp{sum to=17, from=9}.
5912
6258339f
NC
5913@end table
5914
5e75c3ab
JB
5915Note that since each of the @var{macargs} can be an identifier exactly
5916as any other one permitted by the target architecture, there may be
5917occasional problems if the target hand-crafts special meanings to certain
6258339f 5918characters when they occur in a special position. For example, if the colon
5e75c3ab 5919(@code{:}) is generally permitted to be part of a symbol name, but the
6258339f 5920architecture specific code special-cases it when occurring as the final
5e75c3ab
JB
5921character of a symbol (to denote a label), then the macro parameter
5922replacement code will have no way of knowing that and consider the whole
5923construct (including the colon) an identifier, and check only this
6258339f
NC
5924identifier for being the subject to parameter substitution. So for example
5925this macro definition:
5926
5927@example
5928 .macro label l
5929\l:
5930 .endm
5931@end example
5932
5933might not work as expected. Invoking @samp{label foo} might not create a label
5934called @samp{foo} but instead just insert the text @samp{\l:} into the
5935assembler source, probably generating an error about an unrecognised
5936identifier.
5937
5938Similarly problems might occur with the period character (@samp{.})
5939which is often allowed inside opcode names (and hence identifier names). So
5940for example constructing a macro to build an opcode from a base name and a
5941length specifier like this:
5942
5943@example
5944 .macro opcode base length
5945 \base.\length
5946 .endm
5947@end example
5948
5949and invoking it as @samp{opcode store l} will not create a @samp{store.l}
5950instruction but instead generate some kind of error as the assembler tries to
5951interpret the text @samp{\base.\length}.
5952
5953There are several possible ways around this problem:
5954
5955@table @code
5956@item Insert white space
5957If it is possible to use white space characters then this is the simplest
5958solution. eg:
5959
5960@example
5961 .macro label l
5962\l :
5963 .endm
5964@end example
5965
5966@item Use @samp{\()}
5967The string @samp{\()} can be used to separate the end of a macro argument from
5968the following text. eg:
5969
5970@example
5971 .macro opcode base length
5972 \base\().\length
5973 .endm
5974@end example
5975
5976@item Use the alternate macro syntax mode
5977In the alternative macro syntax mode the ampersand character (@samp{&}) can be
5978used as a separator. eg:
5e75c3ab
JB
5979
5980@example
5981 .altmacro
5982 .macro label l
5983l&:
5984 .endm
5985@end example
6258339f 5986@end table
5e75c3ab 5987
96e9638b 5988Note: this problem of correctly identifying string parameters to pseudo ops
01642c12 5989also applies to the identifiers used in @code{.irp} (@pxref{Irp})
96e9638b 5990and @code{.irpc} (@pxref{Irpc}) as well.
5e75c3ab 5991
252b5132
RH
5992@item .endm
5993@cindex @code{endm} directive
5994Mark the end of a macro definition.
5995
5996@item .exitm
5997@cindex @code{exitm} directive
5998Exit early from the current macro definition.
5999
6000@cindex number of macros executed
6001@cindex macros, count executed
6002@item \@@
a4fb0134 6003@command{@value{AS}} maintains a counter of how many macros it has
252b5132
RH
6004executed in this pseudo-variable; you can copy that number to your
6005output with @samp{\@@}, but @emph{only within a macro definition}.
6006
252b5132
RH
6007@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
6008@emph{Warning: @code{LOCAL} is only available if you select ``alternate
caa32fe5
NC
6009macro syntax'' with @samp{--alternate} or @code{.altmacro}.}
6010@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
6011@end ftable
252b5132 6012
ccf8a69b
BW
6013@node MRI
6014@section @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 6015
ccf8a69b
BW
6016@cindex @code{mri} directive
6017@cindex MRI mode, temporarily
6018If @var{val} is non-zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to enter MRI mode. If
6019@var{val} is zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to exit MRI mode. This change
6020affects code assembled until the next @code{.mri} directive, or until the end
6021of the file. @xref{M, MRI mode, MRI mode}.
252b5132 6022
caa32fe5
NC
6023@node Noaltmacro
6024@section @code{.noaltmacro}
96e9638b 6025Disable alternate macro mode. @xref{Altmacro}.
caa32fe5 6026
252b5132
RH
6027@node Nolist
6028@section @code{.nolist}
6029
6030@cindex @code{nolist} directive
6031@cindex listing control, turning off
6032Control (in conjunction with the @code{.list} directive) whether or
6033not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
6034internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
6035counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
6036generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
6037
6038@node Octa
6039@section @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
6040
6041@c FIXME: double size emitted for "octa" on i960, others? Or warn?
6042@cindex @code{octa} directive
6043@cindex integer, 16-byte
6044@cindex sixteen byte integer
6045This directive expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For each
6046bignum, it emits a 16-byte integer.
6047
6048The term ``octa'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
6049hence @emph{octa}-word for 16 bytes.
6050
9aec2026
NC
6051@node Offset
6052@section @code{.offset @var{loc}}
6053
6054@cindex @code{offset} directive
6055Set the location counter to @var{loc} in the absolute section. @var{loc} must
6056be an absolute expression. This directive may be useful for defining
6057symbols with absolute values. Do not confuse it with the @code{.org}
fa94de6b 6058directive.
9aec2026 6059
252b5132
RH
6060@node Org
6061@section @code{.org @var{new-lc} , @var{fill}}
6062
6063@cindex @code{org} directive
6064@cindex location counter, advancing
6065@cindex advancing location counter
6066@cindex current address, advancing
6067Advance the location counter of the current section to
6068@var{new-lc}. @var{new-lc} is either an absolute expression or an
6069expression with the same section as the current subsection. That is,
6070you can't use @code{.org} to cross sections: if @var{new-lc} has the
6071wrong section, the @code{.org} directive is ignored. To be compatible
6072with former assemblers, if the section of @var{new-lc} is absolute,
a4fb0134 6073@command{@value{AS}} issues a warning, then pretends the section of @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
6074is the same as the current subsection.
6075
6076@code{.org} may only increase the location counter, or leave it
6077unchanged; you cannot use @code{.org} to move the location counter
6078backwards.
6079
6080@c double negative used below "not undefined" because this is a specific
6081@c reference to "undefined" (as SEG_UNKNOWN is called in this manual)
6082@c section. doc@cygnus.com 18feb91
a4fb0134 6083Because @command{@value{AS}} tries to assemble programs in one pass, @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
6084may not be undefined. If you really detest this restriction we eagerly await
6085a chance to share your improved assembler.
6086
6087Beware that the origin is relative to the start of the section, not
6088to the start of the subsection. This is compatible with other
6089people's assemblers.
6090
6091When the location counter (of the current subsection) is advanced, the
6092intervening bytes are filled with @var{fill} which should be an
6093absolute expression. If the comma and @var{fill} are omitted,
6094@var{fill} defaults to zero.
6095
6096@node P2align
6097@section @code{.p2align[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
6098
6099@cindex padding the location counter given a power of two
6100@cindex @code{p2align} directive
6101Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
6102storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
6103number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
6104advancement. For example @samp{.p2align 3} advances the location
6105counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
6106multiple of 8, no change is needed.
6107
6108The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
6109padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
6110padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
6111marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
6112with no-op instructions.
6113
6114The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
6115it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
6116directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
6117specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
6118fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
6119required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
6120with no-op instructions when appropriate.
6121
6122@cindex @code{p2alignw} directive
6123@cindex @code{p2alignl} directive
6124The @code{.p2alignw} and @code{.p2alignl} directives are variants of the
6125@code{.p2align} directive. The @code{.p2alignw} directive treats the fill
6126pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.p2alignl} directives treats the
6127fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.p2alignw
61282,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
6129filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
6130the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
6131undefined.
6132
ccf8a69b
BW
6133@ifset ELF
6134@node PopSection
6135@section @code{.popsection}
6136
6137@cindex @code{popsection} directive
6138@cindex Section Stack
6139This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6140@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
6141@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.previous}
ccf8a69b
BW
6142(@pxref{Previous}).
6143
6144This directive replaces the current section (and subsection) with the top
6145section (and subsection) on the section stack. This section is popped off the
01642c12 6146stack.
ccf8a69b
BW
6147@end ifset
6148
c91d2e08
NC
6149@ifset ELF
6150@node Previous
6151@section @code{.previous}
6152
c1253627 6153@cindex @code{previous} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6154@cindex Section Stack
6155This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
a349d9dd
PB
6156@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
6157@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.popsection}
6158(@pxref{PopSection}).
c91d2e08
NC
6159
6160This directive swaps the current section (and subsection) with most recently
8b040e0a 6161referenced section/subsection pair prior to this one. Multiple
c91d2e08 6162@code{.previous} directives in a row will flip between two sections (and their
8b040e0a
NC
6163subsections). For example:
6164
6165@smallexample
6166.section A
6167 .subsection 1
6168 .word 0x1234
6169 .subsection 2
6170 .word 0x5678
6171.previous
6172 .word 0x9abc
6173@end smallexample
6174
6175Will place 0x1234 and 0x9abc into subsection 1 and 0x5678 into subsection 2 of
6176section A. Whilst:
6177
6178@smallexample
6179.section A
6180.subsection 1
6181 # Now in section A subsection 1
6182 .word 0x1234
6183.section B
6184.subsection 0
6185 # Now in section B subsection 0
6186 .word 0x5678
6187.subsection 1
6188 # Now in section B subsection 1
6189 .word 0x9abc
6190.previous
6191 # Now in section B subsection 0
6192 .word 0xdef0
6193@end smallexample
6194
6195Will place 0x1234 into section A, 0x5678 and 0xdef0 into subsection 0 of
6196section B and 0x9abc into subsection 1 of section B.
c91d2e08
NC
6197
6198In terms of the section stack, this directive swaps the current section with
6199the top section on the section stack.
6200@end ifset
6201
252b5132
RH
6202@node Print
6203@section @code{.print @var{string}}
6204
6205@cindex @code{print} directive
a4fb0134 6206@command{@value{AS}} will print @var{string} on the standard output during
252b5132
RH
6207assembly. You must put @var{string} in double quotes.
6208
c91d2e08
NC
6209@ifset ELF
6210@node Protected
6211@section @code{.protected @var{names}}
6212
c1253627
NC
6213@cindex @code{protected} directive
6214@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 6215This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
a349d9dd 6216@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden}) and @code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal}).
c91d2e08
NC
6217
6218This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
6219their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
6220@code{protected} which means that any references to the symbols from within the
6221components that defines them must be resolved to the definition in that
6222component, even if a definition in another component would normally preempt
01642c12 6223this.
c91d2e08
NC
6224@end ifset
6225
252b5132
RH
6226@node Psize
6227@section @code{.psize @var{lines} , @var{columns}}
6228
6229@cindex @code{psize} directive
6230@cindex listing control: paper size
6231@cindex paper size, for listings
6232Use this directive to declare the number of lines---and, optionally, the
6233number of columns---to use for each page, when generating listings.
6234
6235If you do not use @code{.psize}, listings use a default line-count
6236of 60. You may omit the comma and @var{columns} specification; the
6237default width is 200 columns.
6238
a4fb0134 6239@command{@value{AS}} generates formfeeds whenever the specified number of
252b5132
RH
6240lines is exceeded (or whenever you explicitly request one, using
6241@code{.eject}).
6242
6243If you specify @var{lines} as @code{0}, no formfeeds are generated save
6244those explicitly specified with @code{.eject}.
6245
6246@node Purgem
6247@section @code{.purgem @var{name}}
6248
6249@cindex @code{purgem} directive
6250Undefine the macro @var{name}, so that later uses of the string will not be
6251expanded. @xref{Macro}.
6252
c91d2e08
NC
6253@ifset ELF
6254@node PushSection
9cfc3331 6255@section @code{.pushsection @var{name} [, @var{subsection}] [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{arguments}]]]}
c91d2e08 6256
c1253627 6257@cindex @code{pushsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6258@cindex Section Stack
6259This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6260@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
6261@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 6262(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 6263
e9863d7f
DJ
6264This directive pushes the current section (and subsection) onto the
6265top of the section stack, and then replaces the current section and
9cfc3331
L
6266subsection with @code{name} and @code{subsection}. The optional
6267@code{flags}, @code{type} and @code{arguments} are treated the same
6268as in the @code{.section} (@pxref{Section}) directive.
c91d2e08
NC
6269@end ifset
6270
252b5132
RH
6271@node Quad
6272@section @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
6273
6274@cindex @code{quad} directive
6275@code{.quad} expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For
6276each bignum, it emits
6277@ifclear bignum-16
6278an 8-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 8 bytes, it prints a
6279warning message; and just takes the lowest order 8 bytes of the bignum.
6280@cindex eight-byte integer
6281@cindex integer, 8-byte
6282
6283The term ``quad'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
6284hence @emph{quad}-word for 8 bytes.
6285@end ifclear
6286@ifset bignum-16
6287a 16-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 16 bytes, it prints a
6288warning message; and just takes the lowest order 16 bytes of the bignum.
6289@cindex sixteen-byte integer
6290@cindex integer, 16-byte
6291@end ifset
6292
05e9452c
AM
6293@node Reloc
6294@section @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
6295
6296@cindex @code{reloc} directive
6297Generate a relocation at @var{offset} of type @var{reloc_name} with value
6298@var{expression}. If @var{offset} is a number, the relocation is generated in
6299the current section. If @var{offset} is an expression that resolves to a
6300symbol plus offset, the relocation is generated in the given symbol's section.
6301@var{expression}, if present, must resolve to a symbol plus addend or to an
6302absolute value, but note that not all targets support an addend. e.g. ELF REL
6303targets such as i386 store an addend in the section contents rather than in the
6304relocation. This low level interface does not support addends stored in the
6305section.
6306
252b5132
RH
6307@node Rept
6308@section @code{.rept @var{count}}
6309
6310@cindex @code{rept} directive
6311Repeat the sequence of lines between the @code{.rept} directive and the next
6312@code{.endr} directive @var{count} times.
6313
6314For example, assembling
6315
6316@example
6317 .rept 3
6318 .long 0
6319 .endr
6320@end example
6321
6322is equivalent to assembling
6323
6324@example
6325 .long 0
6326 .long 0
6327 .long 0
6328@end example
6329
6330@node Sbttl
6331@section @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
6332
6333@cindex @code{sbttl} directive
6334@cindex subtitles for listings
6335@cindex listing control: subtitle
6336Use @var{subheading} as the title (third line, immediately after the
6337title line) when generating assembly listings.
6338
6339This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
6340it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
6341
6342@ifset COFF
6343@node Scl
6344@section @code{.scl @var{class}}
6345
6346@cindex @code{scl} directive
6347@cindex symbol storage class (COFF)
6348@cindex COFF symbol storage class
6349Set the storage-class value for a symbol. This directive may only be
6350used inside a @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair. Storage class may flag
6351whether a symbol is static or external, or it may record further
6352symbolic debugging information.
6353@ifset BOUT
6354
6355The @samp{.scl} directive is primarily associated with COFF output; when
a4fb0134 6356configured to generate @code{b.out} output format, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
6357accepts this directive but ignores it.
6358@end ifset
6359@end ifset
6360
c1253627 6361@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6362@node Section
c1253627 6363@section @code{.section @var{name}}
252b5132 6364
252b5132
RH
6365@cindex named section
6366Use the @code{.section} directive to assemble the following code into a section
6367named @var{name}.
6368
6369This directive is only supported for targets that actually support arbitrarily
6370named sections; on @code{a.out} targets, for example, it is not accepted, even
6371with a standard @code{a.out} section name.
6372
c1253627
NC
6373@ifset COFF
6374@ifset ELF
6375@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6376@subheading COFF Version
6377@end ifset
6378
6379@cindex @code{section} directive (COFF version)
252b5132
RH
6380For COFF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used in one of the following
6381ways:
c91d2e08 6382
252b5132
RH
6383@smallexample
6384.section @var{name}[, "@var{flags}"]
4e188d17 6385.section @var{name}[, @var{subsection}]
252b5132
RH
6386@end smallexample
6387
6388If the optional argument is quoted, it is taken as flags to use for the
6389section. Each flag is a single character. The following flags are recognized:
eda683bb 6390
252b5132
RH
6391@table @code
6392@item b
6393bss section (uninitialized data)
6394@item n
6395section is not loaded
6396@item w
6397writable section
6398@item d
6399data section
70e0ee1a
KT
6400@item e
6401exclude section from linking
252b5132
RH
6402@item r
6403read-only section
6404@item x
6405executable section
2dcc60be
ILT
6406@item s
6407shared section (meaningful for PE targets)
6ff96af6
NC
6408@item a
6409ignored. (For compatibility with the ELF version)
63ad59ae
KT
6410@item y
6411section is not readable (meaningful for PE targets)
31907d5e
DK
6412@item 0-9
6413single-digit power-of-two section alignment (GNU extension)
252b5132
RH
6414@end table
6415
6416If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
6417the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to be
7e84d676
NC
6418loaded and writable. Note the @code{n} and @code{w} flags remove attributes
6419from the section, rather than adding them, so if they are used on their own it
6420will be as if no flags had been specified at all.
252b5132
RH
6421
6422If the optional argument to the @code{.section} directive is not quoted, it is
4e188d17 6423taken as a subsection number (@pxref{Sub-Sections}).
c1253627 6424@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6425
6426@ifset ELF
c1253627
NC
6427@ifset COFF
6428@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6429@subheading ELF Version
6430@end ifset
6431
c91d2e08
NC
6432@cindex Section Stack
6433This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12 6434@code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}), @code{.pushsection}
a349d9dd
PB
6435(@pxref{PushSection}), @code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and
6436@code{.previous} (@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 6437
c1253627 6438@cindex @code{section} directive (ELF version)
252b5132 6439For ELF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 6440
252b5132 6441@smallexample
7047dd1e 6442.section @var{name} [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{flag_specific_arguments}]]]
252b5132 6443@end smallexample
c91d2e08 6444
451133ce
NP
6445@anchor{Section Name Substitutions}
6446@kindex --sectname-subst
6447@cindex section name substitution
6448If the @samp{--sectname-subst} command-line option is provided, the @var{name}
6449argument may contain a substitution sequence. Only @code{%S} is supported
6450at the moment, and substitutes the current section name. For example:
6451
6452@smallexample
6453.macro exception_code
6454.section %S.exception
6455[exception code here]
6456.previous
6457.endm
6458
6459.text
6460[code]
6461exception_code
6462[...]
6463
6464.section .init
6465[init code]
6466exception_code
6467[...]
6468@end smallexample
6469
6470The two @code{exception_code} invocations above would create the
6471@code{.text.exception} and @code{.init.exception} sections respectively.
6472This is useful e.g. to discriminate between anciliary sections that are
6473tied to setup code to be discarded after use from anciliary sections that
6474need to stay resident without having to define multiple @code{exception_code}
6475macros just for that purpose.
6476
252b5132 6477The optional @var{flags} argument is a quoted string which may contain any
a349d9dd 6478combination of the following characters:
eda683bb 6479
252b5132
RH
6480@table @code
6481@item a
6482section is allocatable
18ae9cc1
L
6483@item e
6484section is excluded from executable and shared library.
252b5132
RH
6485@item w
6486section is writable
6487@item x
6488section is executable
ec38dd05
JJ
6489@item M
6490section is mergeable
6491@item S
6492section contains zero terminated strings
22fe14ad
NC
6493@item G
6494section is a member of a section group
6495@item T
6496section is used for thread-local-storage
01642c12
RM
6497@item ?
6498section is a member of the previously-current section's group, if any
eda683bb 6499@item @code{<number>}
9fb71ee4
NC
6500a numeric value indicating the bits to be set in the ELF section header's flags
6501field. Note - if one or more of the alphabetic characters described above is
6502also included in the flags field, their bit values will be ORed into the
6503resulting value.
eda683bb
NC
6504@item @code{<target specific>}
6505some targets extend this list with their own flag characters
252b5132
RH
6506@end table
6507
9fb71ee4
NC
6508Note - once a section's flags have been set they cannot be changed. There are
6509a few exceptions to this rule however. Processor and application specific
6510flags can be added to an already defined section. The @code{.interp},
6511@code{.strtab} and @code{.symtab} sections can have the allocate flag
6512(@code{a}) set after they are initially defined, and the @code{.note-GNU-stack}
eda683bb 6513section may have the executable (@code{x}) flag added.
9fb71ee4 6514
252b5132 6515The optional @var{type} argument may contain one of the following constants:
eda683bb 6516
252b5132
RH
6517@table @code
6518@item @@progbits
6519section contains data
6520@item @@nobits
6521section does not contain data (i.e., section only occupies space)
22fe14ad
NC
6522@item @@note
6523section contains data which is used by things other than the program
10b016c2
PB
6524@item @@init_array
6525section contains an array of pointers to init functions
6526@item @@fini_array
6527section contains an array of pointers to finish functions
6528@item @@preinit_array
6529section contains an array of pointers to pre-init functions
eda683bb 6530@item @@@code{<number>}
9fb71ee4 6531a numeric value to be set as the ELF section header's type field.
eda683bb 6532@item @@@code{<target specific>}
9fb71ee4 6533some targets extend this list with their own types
252b5132
RH
6534@end table
6535
9fb71ee4
NC
6536Many targets only support the first three section types. The type may be
6537enclosed in double quotes if necessary.
10b016c2 6538
ececec60
NC
6539Note on targets where the @code{@@} character is the start of a comment (eg
6540ARM) then another character is used instead. For example the ARM port uses the
6541@code{%} character.
6542
9fb71ee4
NC
6543Note - some sections, eg @code{.text} and @code{.data} are considered to be
6544special and have fixed types. Any attempt to declare them with a different
6545type will generate an error from the assembler.
6546
22fe14ad 6547If @var{flags} contains the @code{M} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
96e9638b 6548be specified as well as an extra argument---@var{entsize}---like this:
22fe14ad
NC
6549
6550@smallexample
6551.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"M, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}
6552@end smallexample
6553
6554Sections with the @code{M} flag but not @code{S} flag must contain fixed size
6555constants, each @var{entsize} octets long. Sections with both @code{M} and
6556@code{S} must contain zero terminated strings where each character is
6557@var{entsize} bytes long. The linker may remove duplicates within sections with
6558the same name, same entity size and same flags. @var{entsize} must be an
90dce00a
AM
6559absolute expression. For sections with both @code{M} and @code{S}, a string
6560which is a suffix of a larger string is considered a duplicate. Thus
6561@code{"def"} will be merged with @code{"abcdef"}; A reference to the first
6562@code{"def"} will be changed to a reference to @code{"abcdef"+3}.
22fe14ad
NC
6563
6564If @var{flags} contains the @code{G} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
6565be present along with an additional field like this:
6566
6567@smallexample
6568.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"G, @@@var{type}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
6569@end smallexample
6570
6571The @var{GroupName} field specifies the name of the section group to which this
6572particular section belongs. The optional linkage field can contain:
eda683bb 6573
22fe14ad
NC
6574@table @code
6575@item comdat
6576indicates that only one copy of this section should be retained
6577@item .gnu.linkonce
6578an alias for comdat
6579@end table
6580
96e9638b 6581Note: if both the @var{M} and @var{G} flags are present then the fields for
22fe14ad
NC
6582the Merge flag should come first, like this:
6583
6584@smallexample
6585.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"MG, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
6586@end smallexample
ec38dd05 6587
01642c12
RM
6588If @var{flags} contains the @code{?} symbol then it may not also contain the
6589@code{G} symbol and the @var{GroupName} or @var{linkage} fields should not be
6590present. Instead, @code{?} says to consider the section that's current before
6591this directive. If that section used @code{G}, then the new section will use
6592@code{G} with those same @var{GroupName} and @var{linkage} fields implicitly.
6593If not, then the @code{?} symbol has no effect.
6594
252b5132
RH
6595If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
6596the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to have
6597none of the above flags: it will not be allocated in memory, nor writable, nor
6598executable. The section will contain data.
6599
6600For ELF targets, the assembler supports another type of @code{.section}
6601directive for compatibility with the Solaris assembler:
c91d2e08 6602
252b5132
RH
6603@smallexample
6604.section "@var{name}"[, @var{flags}...]
6605@end smallexample
c91d2e08 6606
252b5132
RH
6607Note that the section name is quoted. There may be a sequence of comma
6608separated flags:
eda683bb 6609
252b5132
RH
6610@table @code
6611@item #alloc
6612section is allocatable
6613@item #write
6614section is writable
6615@item #execinstr
6616section is executable
18ae9cc1
L
6617@item #exclude
6618section is excluded from executable and shared library.
22fe14ad
NC
6619@item #tls
6620section is used for thread local storage
252b5132 6621@end table
c91d2e08 6622
e9863d7f
DJ
6623This directive replaces the current section and subsection. See the
6624contents of the gas testsuite directory @code{gas/testsuite/gas/elf} for
6625some examples of how this directive and the other section stack directives
6626work.
c1253627
NC
6627@end ifset
6628@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6629
6630@node Set
6631@section @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
6632
6633@cindex @code{set} directive
6634@cindex symbol value, setting
6635Set the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}. This
6636changes @var{symbol}'s value and type to conform to
6637@var{expression}. If @var{symbol} was flagged as external, it remains
6638flagged (@pxref{Symbol Attributes}).
6639
5d239759
NC
6640You may @code{.set} a symbol many times in the same assembly provided that the
6641values given to the symbol are constants. Values that are based on expressions
6642involving other symbols are allowed, but some targets may restrict this to only
6643being done once per assembly. This is because those targets do not set the
6644addresses of symbols at assembly time, but rather delay the assignment until a
6645final link is performed. This allows the linker a chance to change the code in
6646the files, changing the location of, and the relative distance between, various
6647different symbols.
252b5132
RH
6648
6649If you @code{.set} a global symbol, the value stored in the object
6650file is the last value stored into it.
6651
3c9b82ba
NC
6652@ifset Z80
6653On Z80 @code{set} is a real instruction, use
6654@samp{@var{symbol} defl @var{expression}} instead.
6655@end ifset
6656
252b5132
RH
6657@node Short
6658@section @code{.short @var{expressions}}
6659
6660@cindex @code{short} directive
6661@ifset GENERIC
6662@code{.short} is normally the same as @samp{.word}.
6663@xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6664
6665In some configurations, however, @code{.short} and @code{.word} generate
96e9638b 6666numbers of different lengths. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6667@end ifset
6668@ifclear GENERIC
6669@ifset W16
6670@code{.short} is the same as @samp{.word}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6671@end ifset
6672@ifset W32
6673This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
6674a 16 bit number for each.
6675@end ifset
6676@end ifclear
6677
6678@node Single
6679@section @code{.single @var{flonums}}
6680
6681@cindex @code{single} directive
6682@cindex floating point numbers (single)
6683This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
6684has the same effect as @code{.float}.
6685@ifset GENERIC
6686The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 6687@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6688@end ifset
6689@ifclear GENERIC
6690@ifset IEEEFLOAT
6691On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.single} emits 32-bit floating point
6692numbers in @sc{ieee} format.
6693@end ifset
6694@end ifclear
6695
c1253627 6696@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6697@node Size
c1253627 6698@section @code{.size}
c91d2e08 6699
c1253627
NC
6700This directive is used to set the size associated with a symbol.
6701
6702@ifset COFF
6703@ifset ELF
6704@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6705@subheading COFF Version
6706@end ifset
6707
6708@cindex @code{size} directive (COFF version)
6709For COFF targets, the @code{.size} directive is only permitted inside
6710@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
6711
6712@smallexample
6713.size @var{expression}
6714@end smallexample
252b5132 6715
c91d2e08 6716@ifset BOUT
252b5132 6717@samp{.size} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6718@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
6719ignores it.
6720@end ifset
c1253627 6721@end ifset
c91d2e08 6722
c1253627
NC
6723@ifset ELF
6724@ifset COFF
6725@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6726@subheading ELF Version
6727@end ifset
6728
6729@cindex @code{size} directive (ELF version)
6730For ELF targets, the @code{.size} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 6731
c1253627
NC
6732@smallexample
6733.size @var{name} , @var{expression}
6734@end smallexample
6735
6736This directive sets the size associated with a symbol @var{name}.
c91d2e08
NC
6737The size in bytes is computed from @var{expression} which can make use of label
6738arithmetic. This directive is typically used to set the size of function
6739symbols.
c1253627
NC
6740@end ifset
6741@end ifset
252b5132 6742
252b5132
RH
6743@ifclear no-space-dir
6744@node Skip
6745@section @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}}
6746
6747@cindex @code{skip} directive
6748@cindex filling memory
6749This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6750@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma and
6751@var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same as
6752@samp{.space}.
884f0d36 6753@end ifclear
252b5132 6754
ccf8a69b
BW
6755@node Sleb128
6756@section @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
6757
6758@cindex @code{sleb128} directive
01642c12 6759@var{sleb128} stands for ``signed little endian base 128.'' This is a
ccf8a69b
BW
6760compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
6761symbolic debugging format. @xref{Uleb128, ,@code{.uleb128}}.
6762
884f0d36 6763@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132
RH
6764@node Space
6765@section @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
6766
6767@cindex @code{space} directive
6768@cindex filling memory
6769This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6770@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma
6771and @var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same
6772as @samp{.skip}.
6773
6774@ifset HPPA
6775@quotation
6776@emph{Warning:} @code{.space} has a completely different meaning for HPPA
6777targets; use @code{.block} as a substitute. See @cite{HP9000 Series 800
6778Assembly Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) for the meaning of the
6779@code{.space} directive. @xref{HPPA Directives,,HPPA Assembler Directives},
6780for a summary.
6781@end quotation
6782@end ifset
6783@end ifclear
6784
252b5132
RH
6785@ifset have-stabs
6786@node Stab
6787@section @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
6788
6789@cindex symbolic debuggers, information for
6790@cindex @code{stab@var{x}} directives
6791There are three directives that begin @samp{.stab}.
6792All emit symbols (@pxref{Symbols}), for use by symbolic debuggers.
a4fb0134 6793The symbols are not entered in the @command{@value{AS}} hash table: they
252b5132
RH
6794cannot be referenced elsewhere in the source file.
6795Up to five fields are required:
6796
6797@table @var
6798@item string
6799This is the symbol's name. It may contain any character except
6800@samp{\000}, so is more general than ordinary symbol names. Some
6801debuggers used to code arbitrarily complex structures into symbol names
6802using this field.
6803
6804@item type
6805An absolute expression. The symbol's type is set to the low 8 bits of
6806this expression. Any bit pattern is permitted, but @code{@value{LD}}
6807and debuggers choke on silly bit patterns.
6808
6809@item other
6810An absolute expression. The symbol's ``other'' attribute is set to the
6811low 8 bits of this expression.
6812
6813@item desc
6814An absolute expression. The symbol's descriptor is set to the low 16
6815bits of this expression.
6816
6817@item value
6818An absolute expression which becomes the symbol's value.
6819@end table
6820
6821If a warning is detected while reading a @code{.stabd}, @code{.stabn},
6822or @code{.stabs} statement, the symbol has probably already been created;
6823you get a half-formed symbol in your object file. This is
6824compatible with earlier assemblers!
6825
6826@table @code
6827@cindex @code{stabd} directive
6828@item .stabd @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc}
6829
6830The ``name'' of the symbol generated is not even an empty string.
6831It is a null pointer, for compatibility. Older assemblers used a
6832null pointer so they didn't waste space in object files with empty
6833strings.
6834
6835The symbol's value is set to the location counter,
6836relocatably. When your program is linked, the value of this symbol
6837is the address of the location counter when the @code{.stabd} was
6838assembled.
6839
6840@cindex @code{stabn} directive
6841@item .stabn @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6842The name of the symbol is set to the empty string @code{""}.
6843
6844@cindex @code{stabs} directive
6845@item .stabs @var{string} , @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6846All five fields are specified.
6847@end table
6848@end ifset
6849@c end have-stabs
6850
6851@node String
38a57ae7 6852@section @code{.string} "@var{str}", @code{.string8} "@var{str}", @code{.string16}
01642c12 6853"@var{str}", @code{.string32} "@var{str}", @code{.string64} "@var{str}"
252b5132
RH
6854
6855@cindex string, copying to object file
38a57ae7
NC
6856@cindex string8, copying to object file
6857@cindex string16, copying to object file
6858@cindex string32, copying to object file
6859@cindex string64, copying to object file
252b5132 6860@cindex @code{string} directive
38a57ae7
NC
6861@cindex @code{string8} directive
6862@cindex @code{string16} directive
6863@cindex @code{string32} directive
6864@cindex @code{string64} directive
252b5132
RH
6865
6866Copy the characters in @var{str} to the object file. You may specify more than
6867one string to copy, separated by commas. Unless otherwise specified for a
6868particular machine, the assembler marks the end of each string with a 0 byte.
6869You can use any of the escape sequences described in @ref{Strings,,Strings}.
6870
01642c12 6871The variants @code{string16}, @code{string32} and @code{string64} differ from
38a57ae7
NC
6872the @code{string} pseudo opcode in that each 8-bit character from @var{str} is
6873copied and expanded to 16, 32 or 64 bits respectively. The expanded characters
6874are stored in target endianness byte order.
6875
6876Example:
6877@smallexample
6878 .string32 "BYE"
6879expands to:
6880 .string "B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E\0\0\0" /* On little endian targets. */
6881 .string "\0\0\0B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E" /* On big endian targets. */
6882@end smallexample
6883
6884
252b5132
RH
6885@node Struct
6886@section @code{.struct @var{expression}}
6887
6888@cindex @code{struct} directive
6889Switch to the absolute section, and set the section offset to @var{expression},
6890which must be an absolute expression. You might use this as follows:
6891@smallexample
6892 .struct 0
6893field1:
6894 .struct field1 + 4
6895field2:
6896 .struct field2 + 4
6897field3:
6898@end smallexample
6899This would define the symbol @code{field1} to have the value 0, the symbol
6900@code{field2} to have the value 4, and the symbol @code{field3} to have the
6901value 8. Assembly would be left in the absolute section, and you would need to
6902use a @code{.section} directive of some sort to change to some other section
6903before further assembly.
6904
c91d2e08
NC
6905@ifset ELF
6906@node SubSection
6907@section @code{.subsection @var{name}}
6908
c1253627 6909@cindex @code{subsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6910@cindex Section Stack
6911This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6912@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}),
6913@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 6914(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08
NC
6915
6916This directive replaces the current subsection with @code{name}. The current
6917section is not changed. The replaced subsection is put onto the section stack
6918in place of the then current top of stack subsection.
c91d2e08
NC
6919@end ifset
6920
252b5132
RH
6921@ifset ELF
6922@node Symver
6923@section @code{.symver}
6924@cindex @code{symver} directive
6925@cindex symbol versioning
6926@cindex versions of symbols
6927Use the @code{.symver} directive to bind symbols to specific version nodes
6928within a source file. This is only supported on ELF platforms, and is
6929typically used when assembling files to be linked into a shared library.
6930There are cases where it may make sense to use this in objects to be bound
6931into an application itself so as to override a versioned symbol from a
6932shared library.
6933
79082ff0 6934For ELF targets, the @code{.symver} directive can be used like this:
252b5132
RH
6935@smallexample
6936.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@nodename}
6937@end smallexample
339681c0 6938If the symbol @var{name} is defined within the file
79082ff0 6939being assembled, the @code{.symver} directive effectively creates a symbol
252b5132
RH
6940alias with the name @var{name2@@nodename}, and in fact the main reason that we
6941just don't try and create a regular alias is that the @var{@@} character isn't
6942permitted in symbol names. The @var{name2} part of the name is the actual name
6943of the symbol by which it will be externally referenced. The name @var{name}
6944itself is merely a name of convenience that is used so that it is possible to
6945have definitions for multiple versions of a function within a single source
6946file, and so that the compiler can unambiguously know which version of a
6947function is being mentioned. The @var{nodename} portion of the alias should be
6948the name of a node specified in the version script supplied to the linker when
6949building a shared library. If you are attempting to override a versioned
6950symbol from a shared library, then @var{nodename} should correspond to the
6951nodename of the symbol you are trying to override.
339681c0
L
6952
6953If the symbol @var{name} is not defined within the file being assembled, all
6954references to @var{name} will be changed to @var{name2@@nodename}. If no
6955reference to @var{name} is made, @var{name2@@nodename} will be removed from the
6956symbol table.
79082ff0
L
6957
6958Another usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
6959@smallexample
6960.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@nodename}
6961@end smallexample
6962In this case, the symbol @var{name} must exist and be defined within
a349d9dd 6963the file being assembled. It is similar to @var{name2@@nodename}. The
79082ff0
L
6964difference is @var{name2@@@@nodename} will also be used to resolve
6965references to @var{name2} by the linker.
6966
6967The third usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
6968@smallexample
6969.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@@@nodename}
6970@end smallexample
6971When @var{name} is not defined within the
6972file being assembled, it is treated as @var{name2@@nodename}. When
6973@var{name} is defined within the file being assembled, the symbol
6974name, @var{name}, will be changed to @var{name2@@@@nodename}.
252b5132
RH
6975@end ifset
6976
6977@ifset COFF
6978@node Tag
6979@section @code{.tag @var{structname}}
6980
6981@cindex COFF structure debugging
6982@cindex structure debugging, COFF
6983@cindex @code{tag} directive
6984This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
6985information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
6986@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. Tags are used to link structure
6987definitions in the symbol table with instances of those structures.
6988@ifset BOUT
6989
6990@samp{.tag} is only used when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6991@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
6992ignores it.
6993@end ifset
6994@end ifset
6995
6996@node Text
6997@section @code{.text @var{subsection}}
6998
6999@cindex @code{text} directive
a4fb0134 7000Tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the end of
252b5132
RH
7001the text subsection numbered @var{subsection}, which is an absolute
7002expression. If @var{subsection} is omitted, subsection number zero
7003is used.
7004
7005@node Title
7006@section @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
7007
7008@cindex @code{title} directive
7009@cindex listing control: title line
7010Use @var{heading} as the title (second line, immediately after the
7011source file name and pagenumber) when generating assembly listings.
7012
7013This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
7014it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
7015
c1253627 7016@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 7017@node Type
c1253627
NC
7018@section @code{.type}
7019
7020This directive is used to set the type of a symbol.
7021
7022@ifset COFF
7023@ifset ELF
7024@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
7025@subheading COFF Version
7026@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7027
7028@cindex COFF symbol type
7029@cindex symbol type, COFF
c1253627
NC
7030@cindex @code{type} directive (COFF version)
7031For COFF targets, this directive is permitted only within
7032@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
7033
7034@smallexample
7035.type @var{int}
7036@end smallexample
7037
7038This records the integer @var{int} as the type attribute of a symbol table
7039entry.
252b5132 7040
c91d2e08 7041@ifset BOUT
252b5132 7042@samp{.type} is associated only with COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 7043@command{@value{AS}} is configured for @code{b.out} output, it accepts this
252b5132
RH
7044directive but ignores it.
7045@end ifset
c1253627 7046@end ifset
c91d2e08 7047
c1253627
NC
7048@ifset ELF
7049@ifset COFF
7050@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
7051@subheading ELF Version
7052@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
7053
7054@cindex ELF symbol type
7055@cindex symbol type, ELF
c1253627
NC
7056@cindex @code{type} directive (ELF version)
7057For ELF targets, the @code{.type} directive is used like this:
7058
7059@smallexample
7060.type @var{name} , @var{type description}
7061@end smallexample
7062
7063This sets the type of symbol @var{name} to be either a
a349d9dd 7064function symbol or an object symbol. There are five different syntaxes
c91d2e08 7065supported for the @var{type description} field, in order to provide
28c9d252 7066compatibility with various other assemblers.
58ab4f3d
MM
7067
7068Because some of the characters used in these syntaxes (such as @samp{@@} and
7069@samp{#}) are comment characters for some architectures, some of the syntaxes
7070below do not work on all architectures. The first variant will be accepted by
7071the GNU assembler on all architectures so that variant should be used for
7072maximum portability, if you do not need to assemble your code with other
7073assemblers.
7074
7075The syntaxes supported are:
c91d2e08
NC
7076
7077@smallexample
5671778d
NC
7078 .type <name> STT_<TYPE_IN_UPPER_CASE>
7079 .type <name>,#<type>
7080 .type <name>,@@<type>
e7c33416 7081 .type <name>,%<type>
5671778d
NC
7082 .type <name>,"<type>"
7083@end smallexample
7084
7085The types supported are:
58ab4f3d 7086
5671778d
NC
7087@table @gcctabopt
7088@item STT_FUNC
7089@itemx function
7090Mark the symbol as being a function name.
c91d2e08 7091
d8045f23
NC
7092@item STT_GNU_IFUNC
7093@itemx gnu_indirect_function
7094Mark the symbol as an indirect function when evaluated during reloc
9c55345c 7095processing. (This is only supported on assemblers targeting GNU systems).
d8045f23 7096
5671778d
NC
7097@item STT_OBJECT
7098@itemx object
7099Mark the symbol as being a data object.
7100
7101@item STT_TLS
7102@itemx tls_object
7103Mark the symbol as being a thead-local data object.
7104
7105@item STT_COMMON
7106@itemx common
7107Mark the symbol as being a common data object.
e7c33416
NC
7108
7109@item STT_NOTYPE
7110@itemx notype
7111Does not mark the symbol in any way. It is supported just for completeness.
7112
3e7a7d11
NC
7113@item gnu_unique_object
7114Marks the symbol as being a globally unique data object. The dynamic linker
7115will make sure that in the entire process there is just one symbol with this
9c55345c
TS
7116name and type in use. (This is only supported on assemblers targeting GNU
7117systems).
3e7a7d11 7118
5671778d
NC
7119@end table
7120
7121Note: Some targets support extra types in addition to those listed above.
c91d2e08 7122
c1253627
NC
7123@end ifset
7124@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
7125
7126@node Uleb128
7127@section @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
7128
7129@cindex @code{uleb128} directive
01642c12 7130@var{uleb128} stands for ``unsigned little endian base 128.'' This is a
c91d2e08 7131compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
96e9638b 7132symbolic debugging format. @xref{Sleb128, ,@code{.sleb128}}.
252b5132
RH
7133
7134@ifset COFF
7135@node Val
7136@section @code{.val @var{addr}}
7137
7138@cindex @code{val} directive
7139@cindex COFF value attribute
7140@cindex value attribute, COFF
7141This directive, permitted only within @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs,
7142records the address @var{addr} as the value attribute of a symbol table
7143entry.
7144@ifset BOUT
7145
a4fb0134 7146@samp{.val} is used only for COFF output; when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132
RH
7147configured for @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but ignores it.
7148@end ifset
7149@end ifset
7150
2e13b764 7151@ifset ELF
c91d2e08
NC
7152@node Version
7153@section @code{.version "@var{string}"}
2e13b764 7154
c1253627 7155@cindex @code{version} directive
c91d2e08
NC
7156This directive creates a @code{.note} section and places into it an ELF
7157formatted note of type NT_VERSION. The note's name is set to @code{string}.
9a297610 7158@end ifset
2e13b764 7159
c91d2e08
NC
7160@ifset ELF
7161@node VTableEntry
7162@section @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
2e13b764 7163
653cfe85 7164@cindex @code{vtable_entry} directive
c91d2e08
NC
7165This directive finds or creates a symbol @code{table} and creates a
7166@code{VTABLE_ENTRY} relocation for it with an addend of @code{offset}.
2e13b764 7167
c91d2e08
NC
7168@node VTableInherit
7169@section @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 7170
653cfe85 7171@cindex @code{vtable_inherit} directive
c91d2e08
NC
7172This directive finds the symbol @code{child} and finds or creates the symbol
7173@code{parent} and then creates a @code{VTABLE_INHERIT} relocation for the
a349d9dd 7174parent whose addend is the value of the child symbol. As a special case the
96e9638b 7175parent name of @code{0} is treated as referring to the @code{*ABS*} section.
c91d2e08 7176@end ifset
2e13b764 7177
d190d046
HPN
7178@node Warning
7179@section @code{.warning "@var{string}"}
7180@cindex warning directive
7181Similar to the directive @code{.error}
7182(@pxref{Error,,@code{.error "@var{string}"}}), but just emits a warning.
7183
c91d2e08
NC
7184@node Weak
7185@section @code{.weak @var{names}}
2e13b764 7186
c1253627 7187@cindex @code{weak} directive
a349d9dd 7188This directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c91d2e08 7189@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
c87db184 7190
01642c12 7191On COFF targets other than PE, weak symbols are a GNU extension. This
977cdf5a 7192directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c87db184
CF
7193@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
7194
977cdf5a 7195On the PE target, weak symbols are supported natively as weak aliases.
01642c12 7196When a weak symbol is created that is not an alias, GAS creates an
977cdf5a 7197alternate symbol to hold the default value.
2e13b764 7198
06e77878
AO
7199@node Weakref
7200@section @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{target}}
7201
7202@cindex @code{weakref} directive
7203This directive creates an alias to the target symbol that enables the symbol to
7204be referenced with weak-symbol semantics, but without actually making it weak.
7205If direct references or definitions of the symbol are present, then the symbol
7206will not be weak, but if all references to it are through weak references, the
7207symbol will be marked as weak in the symbol table.
7208
7209The effect is equivalent to moving all references to the alias to a separate
7210assembly source file, renaming the alias to the symbol in it, declaring the
7211symbol as weak there, and running a reloadable link to merge the object files
7212resulting from the assembly of the new source file and the old source file that
7213had the references to the alias removed.
7214
7215The alias itself never makes to the symbol table, and is entirely handled
7216within the assembler.
7217
252b5132
RH
7218@node Word
7219@section @code{.word @var{expressions}}
7220
7221@cindex @code{word} directive
7222This directive expects zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section,
7223separated by commas.
7224@ifclear GENERIC
7225@ifset W32
a4fb0134 7226For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 32-bit number.
252b5132
RH
7227@end ifset
7228@ifset W16
a4fb0134 7229For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 16-bit number.
252b5132
RH
7230@end ifset
7231@end ifclear
7232@ifset GENERIC
7233
7234The size of the number emitted, and its byte order,
7235depend on what target computer the assembly is for.
7236@end ifset
7237
7238@c on amd29k, i960, sparc the "special treatment to support compilers" doesn't
7239@c happen---32-bit addressability, period; no long/short jumps.
7240@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
7241@cindex difference tables altered
7242@cindex altered difference tables
7243@quotation
7244@emph{Warning: Special Treatment to support Compilers}
7245@end quotation
7246
7247@ifset GENERIC
7248Machines with a 32-bit address space, but that do less than 32-bit
7249addressing, require the following special treatment. If the machine of
7250interest to you does 32-bit addressing (or doesn't require it;
7251@pxref{Machine Dependencies}), you can ignore this issue.
7252
7253@end ifset
7254In order to assemble compiler output into something that works,
a4fb0134 7255@command{@value{AS}} occasionally does strange things to @samp{.word} directives.
252b5132 7256Directives of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2} are often emitted by
a4fb0134 7257compilers as part of jump tables. Therefore, when @command{@value{AS}} assembles a
252b5132 7258directive of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2}, and the difference between
a4fb0134 7259@code{sym1} and @code{sym2} does not fit in 16 bits, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
7260creates a @dfn{secondary jump table}, immediately before the next label.
7261This secondary jump table is preceded by a short-jump to the
7262first byte after the secondary table. This short-jump prevents the flow
7263of control from accidentally falling into the new table. Inside the
7264table is a long-jump to @code{sym2}. The original @samp{.word}
7265contains @code{sym1} minus the address of the long-jump to
7266@code{sym2}.
7267
7268If there were several occurrences of @samp{.word sym1-sym2} before the
7269secondary jump table, all of them are adjusted. If there was a
7270@samp{.word sym3-sym4}, that also did not fit in sixteen bits, a
7271long-jump to @code{sym4} is included in the secondary jump table,
7272and the @code{.word} directives are adjusted to contain @code{sym3}
7273minus the address of the long-jump to @code{sym4}; and so on, for as many
7274entries in the original jump table as necessary.
7275
7276@ifset INTERNALS
a4fb0134 7277@emph{This feature may be disabled by compiling @command{@value{AS}} with the
252b5132
RH
7278@samp{-DWORKING_DOT_WORD} option.} This feature is likely to confuse
7279assembly language programmers.
7280@end ifset
7281@end ifset
7282@c end DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
7283
7ce98c16
NC
7284@ifclear no-space-dir
7285@node Zero
7286@section @code{.zero @var{size}}
7287
7288@cindex @code{zero} directive
7289@cindex filling memory with zero bytes
7290This directive emits @var{size} 0-valued bytes. @var{size} must be an absolute
7291expression. This directive is actually an alias for the @samp{.skip} directive
7292so in can take an optional second argument of the value to store in the bytes
7293instead of zero. Using @samp{.zero} in this way would be confusing however.
7294@end ifclear
7295
252b5132
RH
7296@node Deprecated
7297@section Deprecated Directives
7298
7299@cindex deprecated directives
7300@cindex obsolescent directives
7301One day these directives won't work.
7302They are included for compatibility with older assemblers.
7303@table @t
7304@item .abort
7305@item .line
7306@end table
7307
3a99f02f
DJ
7308@ifset ELF
7309@node Object Attributes
7310@chapter Object Attributes
7311@cindex object attributes
7312
7313@command{@value{AS}} assembles source files written for a specific architecture
7314into object files for that architecture. But not all object files are alike.
7315Many architectures support incompatible variations. For instance, floating
7316point arguments might be passed in floating point registers if the object file
7317requires hardware floating point support---or floating point arguments might be
7318passed in integer registers if the object file supports processors with no
7319hardware floating point unit. Or, if two objects are built for different
7320generations of the same architecture, the combination may require the
7321newer generation at run-time.
7322
7323This information is useful during and after linking. At link time,
7324@command{@value{LD}} can warn about incompatible object files. After link
7325time, tools like @command{gdb} can use it to process the linked file
7326correctly.
7327
7328Compatibility information is recorded as a series of object attributes. Each
7329attribute has a @dfn{vendor}, @dfn{tag}, and @dfn{value}. The vendor is a
7330string, and indicates who sets the meaning of the tag. The tag is an integer,
7331and indicates what property the attribute describes. The value may be a string
7332or an integer, and indicates how the property affects this object. Missing
7333attributes are the same as attributes with a zero value or empty string value.
7334
7335Object attributes were developed as part of the ABI for the ARM Architecture.
7336The file format is documented in @cite{ELF for the ARM Architecture}.
7337
7338@menu
7339* GNU Object Attributes:: @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
7340* Defining New Object Attributes:: Defining New Object Attributes
7341@end menu
7342
7343@node GNU Object Attributes
7344@section @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
7345
7346The @code{.gnu_attribute} directive records an object attribute
7347with vendor @samp{gnu}.
7348
7349Except for @samp{Tag_compatibility}, which has both an integer and a string for
7350its value, @sc{gnu} attributes have a string value if the tag number is odd and
7351an integer value if the tag number is even. The second bit (@code{@var{tag} &
73522} is set for architecture-independent attributes and clear for
7353architecture-dependent ones.
7354
7355@subsection Common @sc{gnu} attributes
7356
7357These attributes are valid on all architectures.
7358
7359@table @r
7360@item Tag_compatibility (32)
7361The compatibility attribute takes an integer flag value and a vendor name. If
7362the flag value is 0, the file is compatible with other toolchains. If it is 1,
7363then the file is only compatible with the named toolchain. If it is greater
7364than 1, the file can only be processed by other toolchains under some private
7365arrangement indicated by the flag value and the vendor name.
7366@end table
7367
7368@subsection MIPS Attributes
7369
7370@table @r
7371@item Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP (4)
7372The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7373
7374@itemize @bullet
7375@item
73760 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
7377@item
f179c512
MF
73781 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a standard
7379double-precision FPU.
3a99f02f
DJ
7380@item
73812 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a single-precision FPU.
7382@item
73833 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
42554f6a 7384@item
f179c512
MF
73854 for files using the deprecated hardware floating-point ABI which used 64-bit
7386floating-point registers, 32-bit general-purpose registers and increased the
7387number of callee-saved floating-point registers.
7388@item
73895 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a double-precision FPU
7390with either 32-bit or 64-bit floating-point registers and 32-bit
7391general-purpose registers.
7392@item
73936 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with 64-bit floating-point
7394registers and 32-bit general-purpose registers.
7395@item
73967 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with 64-bit floating-point
7397registers, 32-bit general-purpose registers and a rule that forbids the
7398direct use of odd-numbered single-precision floating-point registers.
3a99f02f
DJ
7399@end itemize
7400@end table
7401
7402@subsection PowerPC Attributes
7403
7404@table @r
7405@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP (4)
7406The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7407
7408@itemize @bullet
7409@item
74100 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
7411@item
3c7b9897 74121 for files using double-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
7413@item
74142 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
3c7b9897
AM
7415@item
74163 for files using single-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
7417@end itemize
7418
7419@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector (8)
7420The vector ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7421
7422@itemize @bullet
7423@item
74240 for files not affected by the vector ABI.
7425@item
74261 for files using general purpose registers to pass vectors.
7427@item
74282 for files using AltiVec registers to pass vectors.
7429@item
74303 for files using SPE registers to pass vectors.
7431@end itemize
7432@end table
7433
643f7afb
AK
7434@subsection IBM z Systems Attributes
7435
7436@table @r
7437@item Tag_GNU_S390_ABI_Vector (8)
7438The vector ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7439
7440@itemize @bullet
7441@item
74420 for files not affected by the vector ABI.
7443@item
74441 for files using software vector ABI.
7445@item
74462 for files using hardware vector ABI.
7447@end itemize
7448@end table
7449
3a99f02f
DJ
7450@node Defining New Object Attributes
7451@section Defining New Object Attributes
7452
7453If you want to define a new @sc{gnu} object attribute, here are the places you
7454will need to modify. New attributes should be discussed on the @samp{binutils}
7455mailing list.
7456
7457@itemize @bullet
7458@item
7459This manual, which is the official register of attributes.
7460@item
7461The header for your architecture @file{include/elf}, to define the tag.
7462@item
7463The @file{bfd} support file for your architecture, to merge the attribute
7464and issue any appropriate link warnings.
7465@item
7466Test cases in @file{ld/testsuite} for merging and link warnings.
7467@item
7468@file{binutils/readelf.c} to display your attribute.
7469@item
7470GCC, if you want the compiler to mark the attribute automatically.
7471@end itemize
7472
7473@end ifset
7474
252b5132
RH
7475@ifset GENERIC
7476@node Machine Dependencies
7477@chapter Machine Dependent Features
7478
7479@cindex machine dependencies
7480The machine instruction sets are (almost by definition) different on
a4fb0134
SC
7481each machine where @command{@value{AS}} runs. Floating point representations
7482vary as well, and @command{@value{AS}} often supports a few additional
252b5132
RH
7483directives or command-line options for compatibility with other
7484assemblers on a particular platform. Finally, some versions of
a4fb0134 7485@command{@value{AS}} support special pseudo-instructions for branch
252b5132
RH
7486optimization.
7487
7488This chapter discusses most of these differences, though it does not
7489include details on any machine's instruction set. For details on that
7490subject, see the hardware manufacturer's manual.
7491
7492@menu
a06ea964
NC
7493@ifset AARCH64
7494* AArch64-Dependent:: AArch64 Dependent Features
7495@end ifset
625e1353
RH
7496@ifset ALPHA
7497* Alpha-Dependent:: Alpha Dependent Features
7498@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7499@ifset ARC
7500* ARC-Dependent:: ARC Dependent Features
7501@end ifset
7502@ifset ARM
7503* ARM-Dependent:: ARM Dependent Features
7504@end ifset
8473f7a4
DC
7505@ifset AVR
7506* AVR-Dependent:: AVR Dependent Features
7507@end ifset
3b4e1885
JZ
7508@ifset Blackfin
7509* Blackfin-Dependent:: Blackfin Dependent Features
07c1b327 7510@end ifset
3d3d428f
NC
7511@ifset CR16
7512* CR16-Dependent:: CR16 Dependent Features
7513@end ifset
8bf549a8 7514@ifset CRIS
328eb32e
HPN
7515* CRIS-Dependent:: CRIS Dependent Features
7516@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7517@ifset D10V
7518* D10V-Dependent:: D10V Dependent Features
7519@end ifset
7520@ifset D30V
7521* D30V-Dependent:: D30V Dependent Features
7522@end ifset
cfb8c092
NC
7523@ifset EPIPHANY
7524* Epiphany-Dependent:: EPIPHANY Dependent Features
7525@end ifset
252b5132 7526@ifset H8/300
c2dcd04e 7527* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
252b5132 7528@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7529@ifset HPPA
7530* HPPA-Dependent:: HPPA Dependent Features
7531@end ifset
5b93d8bb
AM
7532@ifset I370
7533* ESA/390-Dependent:: IBM ESA/390 Dependent Features
7534@end ifset
252b5132 7535@ifset I80386
55b62671 7536* i386-Dependent:: Intel 80386 and AMD x86-64 Dependent Features
252b5132 7537@end ifset
e3308d0d
JE
7538@ifset I860
7539* i860-Dependent:: Intel 80860 Dependent Features
7540@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7541@ifset I960
7542* i960-Dependent:: Intel 80960 Dependent Features
7543@end ifset
5cb53c21
L
7544@ifset IA64
7545* IA-64-Dependent:: Intel IA-64 Dependent Features
7546@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
7547@ifset IP2K
7548* IP2K-Dependent:: IP2K Dependent Features
7549@end ifset
84e94c90
NC
7550@ifset LM32
7551* LM32-Dependent:: LM32 Dependent Features
7552@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
7553@ifset M32C
7554* M32C-Dependent:: M32C Dependent Features
7555@end ifset
ec694b89
NC
7556@ifset M32R
7557* M32R-Dependent:: M32R Dependent Features
7558@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7559@ifset M680X0
7560* M68K-Dependent:: M680x0 Dependent Features
7561@end ifset
60bcf0fa
NC
7562@ifset M68HC11
7563* M68HC11-Dependent:: M68HC11 and 68HC12 Dependent Features
7564@end ifset
a3c62988
NC
7565@ifset METAG
7566* Meta-Dependent :: Meta Dependent Features
7567@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
7568@ifset MICROBLAZE
7569* MicroBlaze-Dependent:: MICROBLAZE Dependent Features
7570@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7571@ifset MIPS
7572* MIPS-Dependent:: MIPS Dependent Features
7573@end ifset
3c3bdf30
NC
7574@ifset MMIX
7575* MMIX-Dependent:: MMIX Dependent Features
7576@end ifset
2469cfa2
NC
7577@ifset MSP430
7578* MSP430-Dependent:: MSP430 Dependent Features
7579@end ifset
35c08157
KLC
7580@ifset NDS32
7581* NDS32-Dependent:: Andes NDS32 Dependent Features
7582@end ifset
36591ba1
SL
7583@ifset NIOSII
7584* NiosII-Dependent:: Altera Nios II Dependent Features
7585@end ifset
7c31ae13
NC
7586@ifset NS32K
7587* NS32K-Dependent:: NS32K Dependent Features
7588@end ifset
e135f41b
NC
7589@ifset PDP11
7590* PDP-11-Dependent:: PDP-11 Dependent Features
7591@end ifset
041dd5a9
ILT
7592@ifset PJ
7593* PJ-Dependent:: picoJava Dependent Features
7594@end ifset
418c1742
MG
7595@ifset PPC
7596* PPC-Dependent:: PowerPC Dependent Features
7597@end ifset
99c513f6
DD
7598@ifset RL78
7599* RL78-Dependent:: RL78 Dependent Features
7600@end ifset
4f7eddc4
PD
7601@ifset RISCV
7602* RISC-V-Dependent:: RISC-V Dependent Features
7603@end ifset
046d31c2
NC
7604@ifset RX
7605* RX-Dependent:: RX Dependent Features
7606@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
7607@ifset S390
7608* S/390-Dependent:: IBM S/390 Dependent Features
7609@end ifset
c0157db4
NC
7610@ifset SCORE
7611* SCORE-Dependent:: SCORE Dependent Features
7612@end ifset
d3b47e2b
L
7613@ifset SH
7614* SH-Dependent:: Renesas / SuperH SH Dependent Features
7615* SH64-Dependent:: SuperH SH64 Dependent Features
7616@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7617@ifset SPARC
7618* Sparc-Dependent:: SPARC Dependent Features
7619@end ifset
39bec121
TW
7620@ifset TIC54X
7621* TIC54X-Dependent:: TI TMS320C54x Dependent Features
7622@end ifset
40b36596
JM
7623@ifset TIC6X
7624* TIC6X-Dependent :: TI TMS320C6x Dependent Features
7625@end ifset
aa137e4d
NC
7626@ifset TILEGX
7627* TILE-Gx-Dependent :: Tilera TILE-Gx Dependent Features
7628@end ifset
7629@ifset TILEPRO
7630* TILEPro-Dependent :: Tilera TILEPro Dependent Features
7631@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7632@ifset V850
7633* V850-Dependent:: V850 Dependent Features
7634@end ifset
b6605ddd
EB
7635@ifset VAX
7636* Vax-Dependent:: VAX Dependent Features
7637@end ifset
7638@ifset VISIUM
7639* Visium-Dependent:: Visium Dependent Features
7640@end ifset
f6c1a2d5
NC
7641@ifset XGATE
7642* XGATE-Dependent:: XGATE Features
7643@end ifset
6753e72f
NC
7644@ifset XSTORMY16
7645* XSTORMY16-Dependent:: XStormy16 Dependent Features
7646@end ifset
e0001a05
NC
7647@ifset XTENSA
7648* Xtensa-Dependent:: Xtensa Dependent Features
7649@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
7650@ifset Z80
7651* Z80-Dependent:: Z80 Dependent Features
7652@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7653@ifset Z8000
7654* Z8000-Dependent:: Z8000 Dependent Features
7655@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7656@end menu
7657
7658@lowersections
7659@end ifset
7660
7661@c The following major nodes are *sections* in the GENERIC version, *chapters*
7662@c in single-cpu versions. This is mainly achieved by @lowersections. There is a
7663@c peculiarity: to preserve cross-references, there must be a node called
7664@c "Machine Dependencies". Hence the conditional nodenames in each
7665@c major node below. Node defaulting in makeinfo requires adjacency of
7666@c node and sectioning commands; hence the repetition of @chapter BLAH
7667@c in both conditional blocks.
7668
a06ea964
NC
7669@ifset AARCH64
7670@include c-aarch64.texi
7671@end ifset
7672
625e1353
RH
7673@ifset ALPHA
7674@include c-alpha.texi
7675@end ifset
7676
7677@ifset ARC
7678@include c-arc.texi
7679@end ifset
7680
252b5132
RH
7681@ifset ARM
7682@include c-arm.texi
7683@end ifset
7684
8473f7a4
DC
7685@ifset AVR
7686@include c-avr.texi
7687@end ifset
7688
3b4e1885 7689@ifset Blackfin
07c1b327
CM
7690@include c-bfin.texi
7691@end ifset
7692
3d3d428f
NC
7693@ifset CR16
7694@include c-cr16.texi
7695@end ifset
7696
328eb32e
HPN
7697@ifset CRIS
7698@include c-cris.texi
7699@end ifset
7700
c2dcd04e 7701@ifset Renesas-all
252b5132
RH
7702@ifclear GENERIC
7703@node Machine Dependencies
7704@chapter Machine Dependent Features
7705
c2dcd04e 7706The machine instruction sets are different on each Renesas chip family,
252b5132 7707and there are also some syntax differences among the families. This
a4fb0134 7708chapter describes the specific @command{@value{AS}} features for each
252b5132
RH
7709family.
7710
7711@menu
c2dcd04e 7712* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
c2dcd04e 7713* SH-Dependent:: Renesas SH Dependent Features
252b5132
RH
7714@end menu
7715@lowersections
7716@end ifclear
7717@end ifset
7718
7719@ifset D10V
7720@include c-d10v.texi
7721@end ifset
7722
7723@ifset D30V
7724@include c-d30v.texi
7725@end ifset
7726
cfb8c092
NC
7727@ifset EPIPHANY
7728@include c-epiphany.texi
7729@end ifset
7730
252b5132
RH
7731@ifset H8/300
7732@include c-h8300.texi
7733@end ifset
7734
252b5132
RH
7735@ifset HPPA
7736@include c-hppa.texi
7737@end ifset
7738
5b93d8bb
AM
7739@ifset I370
7740@include c-i370.texi
7741@end ifset
7742
252b5132
RH
7743@ifset I80386
7744@include c-i386.texi
7745@end ifset
7746
e3308d0d
JE
7747@ifset I860
7748@include c-i860.texi
7749@end ifset
7750
252b5132
RH
7751@ifset I960
7752@include c-i960.texi
7753@end ifset
7754
9e32ca89
NC
7755@ifset IA64
7756@include c-ia64.texi
7757@end ifset
7758
a40cbfa3
NC
7759@ifset IP2K
7760@include c-ip2k.texi
7761@end ifset
7762
84e94c90
NC
7763@ifset LM32
7764@include c-lm32.texi
7765@end ifset
7766
49f58d10
JB
7767@ifset M32C
7768@include c-m32c.texi
7769@end ifset
7770
ec694b89
NC
7771@ifset M32R
7772@include c-m32r.texi
7773@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7774
7775@ifset M680X0
7776@include c-m68k.texi
7777@end ifset
7778
60bcf0fa
NC
7779@ifset M68HC11
7780@include c-m68hc11.texi
7781@end ifset
7782
a3c62988
NC
7783@ifset METAG
7784@include c-metag.texi
7785@end ifset
7786
01642c12 7787@ifset MICROBLAZE
7ba29e2a
NC
7788@include c-microblaze.texi
7789@end ifset
7790
252b5132
RH
7791@ifset MIPS
7792@include c-mips.texi
7793@end ifset
7794
3c3bdf30
NC
7795@ifset MMIX
7796@include c-mmix.texi
7797@end ifset
7798
2469cfa2
NC
7799@ifset MSP430
7800@include c-msp430.texi
7801@end ifset
7802
35c08157
KLC
7803@ifset NDS32
7804@include c-nds32.texi
7805@end ifset
7806
36591ba1
SL
7807@ifset NIOSII
7808@include c-nios2.texi
7809@end ifset
7810
252b5132
RH
7811@ifset NS32K
7812@include c-ns32k.texi
7813@end ifset
7814
e135f41b
NC
7815@ifset PDP11
7816@include c-pdp11.texi
7817@end ifset
7818
041dd5a9
ILT
7819@ifset PJ
7820@include c-pj.texi
7821@end ifset
7822
418c1742
MG
7823@ifset PPC
7824@include c-ppc.texi
7825@end ifset
7826
99c513f6
DD
7827@ifset RL78
7828@include c-rl78.texi
7829@end ifset
7830
4f7eddc4
PD
7831@ifset RISCV
7832@include c-riscv.texi
7833@end ifset
7834
046d31c2
NC
7835@ifset RX
7836@include c-rx.texi
7837@end ifset
7838
11c19e16
MS
7839@ifset S390
7840@include c-s390.texi
7841@end ifset
7842
c0157db4
NC
7843@ifset SCORE
7844@include c-score.texi
7845@end ifset
7846
252b5132
RH
7847@ifset SH
7848@include c-sh.texi
324bfcf3 7849@include c-sh64.texi
252b5132
RH
7850@end ifset
7851
7852@ifset SPARC
7853@include c-sparc.texi
7854@end ifset
7855
39bec121
TW
7856@ifset TIC54X
7857@include c-tic54x.texi
7858@end ifset
7859
40b36596
JM
7860@ifset TIC6X
7861@include c-tic6x.texi
7862@end ifset
7863
aa137e4d
NC
7864@ifset TILEGX
7865@include c-tilegx.texi
7866@end ifset
7867
7868@ifset TILEPRO
7869@include c-tilepro.texi
7870@end ifset
7871
b6605ddd
EB
7872@ifset V850
7873@include c-v850.texi
252b5132
RH
7874@end ifset
7875
7876@ifset VAX
7877@include c-vax.texi
7878@end ifset
7879
b6605ddd
EB
7880@ifset VISIUM
7881@include c-visium.texi
252b5132
RH
7882@end ifset
7883
f6c1a2d5
NC
7884@ifset XGATE
7885@include c-xgate.texi
7886@end ifset
7887
6753e72f
NC
7888@ifset XSTORMY16
7889@include c-xstormy16.texi
7890@end ifset
7891
e0001a05
NC
7892@ifset XTENSA
7893@include c-xtensa.texi
7894@end ifset
7895
b6605ddd
EB
7896@ifset Z80
7897@include c-z80.texi
7898@end ifset
7899
7900@ifset Z8000
7901@include c-z8k.texi
7902@end ifset
7903
252b5132
RH
7904@ifset GENERIC
7905@c reverse effect of @down at top of generic Machine-Dep chapter
7906@raisesections
7907@end ifset
7908
7909@node Reporting Bugs
7910@chapter Reporting Bugs
7911@cindex bugs in assembler
7912@cindex reporting bugs in assembler
7913
a4fb0134 7914Your bug reports play an essential role in making @command{@value{AS}} reliable.
252b5132
RH
7915
7916Reporting a bug may help you by bringing a solution to your problem, or it may
7917not. But in any case the principal function of a bug report is to help the
a4fb0134
SC
7918entire community by making the next version of @command{@value{AS}} work better.
7919Bug reports are your contribution to the maintenance of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
7920
7921In order for a bug report to serve its purpose, you must include the
7922information that enables us to fix the bug.
7923
7924@menu
7925* Bug Criteria:: Have you found a bug?
7926* Bug Reporting:: How to report bugs
7927@end menu
7928
7929@node Bug Criteria
c1253627 7930@section Have You Found a Bug?
252b5132
RH
7931@cindex bug criteria
7932
7933If you are not sure whether you have found a bug, here are some guidelines:
7934
7935@itemize @bullet
7936@cindex fatal signal
7937@cindex assembler crash
7938@cindex crash of assembler
7939@item
7940If the assembler gets a fatal signal, for any input whatever, that is a
a4fb0134 7941@command{@value{AS}} bug. Reliable assemblers never crash.
252b5132
RH
7942
7943@cindex error on valid input
7944@item
a4fb0134 7945If @command{@value{AS}} produces an error message for valid input, that is a bug.
252b5132
RH
7946
7947@cindex invalid input
7948@item
a4fb0134 7949If @command{@value{AS}} does not produce an error message for invalid input, that
252b5132
RH
7950is a bug. However, you should note that your idea of ``invalid input'' might
7951be our idea of ``an extension'' or ``support for traditional practice''.
7952
7953@item
7954If you are an experienced user of assemblers, your suggestions for improvement
a4fb0134 7955of @command{@value{AS}} are welcome in any case.
252b5132
RH
7956@end itemize
7957
7958@node Bug Reporting
c1253627 7959@section How to Report Bugs
252b5132
RH
7960@cindex bug reports
7961@cindex assembler bugs, reporting
7962
7963A number of companies and individuals offer support for @sc{gnu} products. If
a4fb0134 7964you obtained @command{@value{AS}} from a support organization, we recommend you
252b5132
RH
7965contact that organization first.
7966
7967You can find contact information for many support companies and
7968individuals in the file @file{etc/SERVICE} in the @sc{gnu} Emacs
7969distribution.
7970
ad22bfe8 7971@ifset BUGURL
a4fb0134 7972In any event, we also recommend that you send bug reports for @command{@value{AS}}
ad22bfe8
JM
7973to @value{BUGURL}.
7974@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7975
7976The fundamental principle of reporting bugs usefully is this:
7977@strong{report all the facts}. If you are not sure whether to state a
7978fact or leave it out, state it!
7979
7980Often people omit facts because they think they know what causes the problem
7981and assume that some details do not matter. Thus, you might assume that the
7982name of a symbol you use in an example does not matter. Well, probably it does
7983not, but one cannot be sure. Perhaps the bug is a stray memory reference which
7984happens to fetch from the location where that name is stored in memory;
7985perhaps, if the name were different, the contents of that location would fool
7986the assembler into doing the right thing despite the bug. Play it safe and
7987give a specific, complete example. That is the easiest thing for you to do,
7988and the most helpful.
7989
7990Keep in mind that the purpose of a bug report is to enable us to fix the bug if
7991it is new to us. Therefore, always write your bug reports on the assumption
7992that the bug has not been reported previously.
7993
7994Sometimes people give a few sketchy facts and ask, ``Does this ring a
c1253627
NC
7995bell?'' This cannot help us fix a bug, so it is basically useless. We
7996respond by asking for enough details to enable us to investigate.
7997You might as well expedite matters by sending them to begin with.
252b5132
RH
7998
7999To enable us to fix the bug, you should include all these things:
8000
8001@itemize @bullet
8002@item
a4fb0134 8003The version of @command{@value{AS}}. @command{@value{AS}} announces it if you start
252b5132
RH
8004it with the @samp{--version} argument.
8005
8006Without this, we will not know whether there is any point in looking for
a4fb0134 8007the bug in the current version of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
8008
8009@item
a4fb0134 8010Any patches you may have applied to the @command{@value{AS}} source.
252b5132
RH
8011
8012@item
8013The type of machine you are using, and the operating system name and
8014version number.
8015
8016@item
a4fb0134 8017What compiler (and its version) was used to compile @command{@value{AS}}---e.g.
252b5132
RH
8018``@code{gcc-2.7}''.
8019
8020@item
8021The command arguments you gave the assembler to assemble your example and
8022observe the bug. To guarantee you will not omit something important, list them
8023all. A copy of the Makefile (or the output from make) is sufficient.
8024
8025If we were to try to guess the arguments, we would probably guess wrong
8026and then we might not encounter the bug.
8027
8028@item
8029A complete input file that will reproduce the bug. If the bug is observed when
8030the assembler is invoked via a compiler, send the assembler source, not the
8031high level language source. Most compilers will produce the assembler source
8032when run with the @samp{-S} option. If you are using @code{@value{GCC}}, use
8033the options @samp{-v --save-temps}; this will save the assembler source in a
8034file with an extension of @file{.s}, and also show you exactly how
a4fb0134 8035@command{@value{AS}} is being run.
252b5132
RH
8036
8037@item
8038A description of what behavior you observe that you believe is
8039incorrect. For example, ``It gets a fatal signal.''
8040
a4fb0134 8041Of course, if the bug is that @command{@value{AS}} gets a fatal signal, then we
252b5132
RH
8042will certainly notice it. But if the bug is incorrect output, we might not
8043notice unless it is glaringly wrong. You might as well not give us a chance to
8044make a mistake.
8045
8046Even if the problem you experience is a fatal signal, you should still say so
8047explicitly. Suppose something strange is going on, such as, your copy of
b45619c0 8048@command{@value{AS}} is out of sync, or you have encountered a bug in the C
252b5132
RH
8049library on your system. (This has happened!) Your copy might crash and ours
8050would not. If you told us to expect a crash, then when ours fails to crash, we
8051would know that the bug was not happening for us. If you had not told us to
8052expect a crash, then we would not be able to draw any conclusion from our
8053observations.
8054
8055@item
a4fb0134 8056If you wish to suggest changes to the @command{@value{AS}} source, send us context
252b5132
RH
8057diffs, as generated by @code{diff} with the @samp{-u}, @samp{-c}, or @samp{-p}
8058option. Always send diffs from the old file to the new file. If you even
a4fb0134 8059discuss something in the @command{@value{AS}} source, refer to it by context, not
252b5132
RH
8060by line number.
8061
8062The line numbers in our development sources will not match those in your
8063sources. Your line numbers would convey no useful information to us.
8064@end itemize
8065
8066Here are some things that are not necessary:
8067
8068@itemize @bullet
8069@item
8070A description of the envelope of the bug.
8071
8072Often people who encounter a bug spend a lot of time investigating
8073which changes to the input file will make the bug go away and which
8074changes will not affect it.
8075
8076This is often time consuming and not very useful, because the way we
8077will find the bug is by running a single example under the debugger
8078with breakpoints, not by pure deduction from a series of examples.
8079We recommend that you save your time for something else.
8080
8081Of course, if you can find a simpler example to report @emph{instead}
8082of the original one, that is a convenience for us. Errors in the
8083output will be easier to spot, running under the debugger will take
8084less time, and so on.
8085
8086However, simplification is not vital; if you do not want to do this,
8087report the bug anyway and send us the entire test case you used.
8088
8089@item
8090A patch for the bug.
8091
8092A patch for the bug does help us if it is a good one. But do not omit
8093the necessary information, such as the test case, on the assumption that
8094a patch is all we need. We might see problems with your patch and decide
8095to fix the problem another way, or we might not understand it at all.
8096
a4fb0134 8097Sometimes with a program as complicated as @command{@value{AS}} it is very hard to
252b5132
RH
8098construct an example that will make the program follow a certain path through
8099the code. If you do not send us the example, we will not be able to construct
8100one, so we will not be able to verify that the bug is fixed.
8101
8102And if we cannot understand what bug you are trying to fix, or why your
8103patch should be an improvement, we will not install it. A test case will
8104help us to understand.
8105
8106@item
8107A guess about what the bug is or what it depends on.
8108
8109Such guesses are usually wrong. Even we cannot guess right about such
8110things without first using the debugger to find the facts.
8111@end itemize
8112
8113@node Acknowledgements
8114@chapter Acknowledgements
8115
653cfe85 8116If you have contributed to GAS and your name isn't listed here,
252b5132 8117it is not meant as a slight. We just don't know about it. Send mail to the
01642c12 8118maintainer, and we'll correct the situation. Currently
3bfcb652
NC
8119@c (October 2012),
8120the maintainer is Nick Clifton (email address @code{nickc@@redhat.com}).
252b5132
RH
8121
8122Dean Elsner wrote the original @sc{gnu} assembler for the VAX.@footnote{Any
8123more details?}
8124
8125Jay Fenlason maintained GAS for a while, adding support for GDB-specific debug
8126information and the 68k series machines, most of the preprocessing pass, and
8127extensive changes in @file{messages.c}, @file{input-file.c}, @file{write.c}.
8128
8129K. Richard Pixley maintained GAS for a while, adding various enhancements and
8130many bug fixes, including merging support for several processors, breaking GAS
8131up to handle multiple object file format back ends (including heavy rewrite,
8132testing, an integration of the coff and b.out back ends), adding configuration
8133including heavy testing and verification of cross assemblers and file splits
8134and renaming, converted GAS to strictly ANSI C including full prototypes, added
8135support for m680[34]0 and cpu32, did considerable work on i960 including a COFF
8136port (including considerable amounts of reverse engineering), a SPARC opcode
8137file rewrite, DECstation, rs6000, and hp300hpux host ports, updated ``know''
8138assertions and made them work, much other reorganization, cleanup, and lint.
8139
8140Ken Raeburn wrote the high-level BFD interface code to replace most of the code
8141in format-specific I/O modules.
8142
8143The original VMS support was contributed by David L. Kashtan. Eric Youngdale
8144has done much work with it since.
8145
8146The Intel 80386 machine description was written by Eliot Dresselhaus.
8147
8148Minh Tran-Le at IntelliCorp contributed some AIX 386 support.
8149
8150The Motorola 88k machine description was contributed by Devon Bowen of Buffalo
8151University and Torbjorn Granlund of the Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
8152
8153Keith Knowles at the Open Software Foundation wrote the original MIPS back end
8154(@file{tc-mips.c}, @file{tc-mips.h}), and contributed Rose format support
8155(which hasn't been merged in yet). Ralph Campbell worked with the MIPS code to
8156support a.out format.
8157
7be1c489
AM
8158Support for the Zilog Z8k and Renesas H8/300 processors (tc-z8k,
8159tc-h8300), and IEEE 695 object file format (obj-ieee), was written by
252b5132
RH
8160Steve Chamberlain of Cygnus Support. Steve also modified the COFF back end to
8161use BFD for some low-level operations, for use with the H8/300 and AMD 29k
8162targets.
8163
8164John Gilmore built the AMD 29000 support, added @code{.include} support, and
8165simplified the configuration of which versions accept which directives. He
8166updated the 68k machine description so that Motorola's opcodes always produced
c1253627 8167fixed-size instructions (e.g., @code{jsr}), while synthetic instructions
252b5132
RH
8168remained shrinkable (@code{jbsr}). John fixed many bugs, including true tested
8169cross-compilation support, and one bug in relaxation that took a week and
8170required the proverbial one-bit fix.
8171
8172Ian Lance Taylor of Cygnus Support merged the Motorola and MIT syntax for the
817368k, completed support for some COFF targets (68k, i386 SVR3, and SCO Unix),
8174added support for MIPS ECOFF and ELF targets, wrote the initial RS/6000 and
8175PowerPC assembler, and made a few other minor patches.
8176
653cfe85 8177Steve Chamberlain made GAS able to generate listings.
252b5132
RH
8178
8179Hewlett-Packard contributed support for the HP9000/300.
8180
8181Jeff Law wrote GAS and BFD support for the native HPPA object format (SOM)
8182along with a fairly extensive HPPA testsuite (for both SOM and ELF object
8183formats). This work was supported by both the Center for Software Science at
8184the University of Utah and Cygnus Support.
8185
8186Support for ELF format files has been worked on by Mark Eichin of Cygnus
8187Support (original, incomplete implementation for SPARC), Pete Hoogenboom and
8188Jeff Law at the University of Utah (HPPA mainly), Michael Meissner of the Open
8189Software Foundation (i386 mainly), and Ken Raeburn of Cygnus Support (sparc,
8190and some initial 64-bit support).
8191
c1253627 8192Linas Vepstas added GAS support for the ESA/390 ``IBM 370'' architecture.
5b93d8bb 8193
252b5132
RH
8194Richard Henderson rewrote the Alpha assembler. Klaus Kaempf wrote GAS and BFD
8195support for openVMS/Alpha.
8196
39bec121
TW
8197Timothy Wall, Michael Hayes, and Greg Smart contributed to the various tic*
8198flavors.
8199
e0001a05 8200David Heine, Sterling Augustine, Bob Wilson and John Ruttenberg from Tensilica,
b45619c0 8201Inc.@: added support for Xtensa processors.
e0001a05 8202
252b5132
RH
8203Several engineers at Cygnus Support have also provided many small bug fixes and
8204configuration enhancements.
8205
84e94c90
NC
8206Jon Beniston added support for the Lattice Mico32 architecture.
8207
252b5132
RH
8208Many others have contributed large or small bugfixes and enhancements. If
8209you have contributed significant work and are not mentioned on this list, and
8210want to be, let us know. Some of the history has been lost; we are not
8211intentionally leaving anyone out.
8212
793c5807
NC
8213@node GNU Free Documentation License
8214@appendix GNU Free Documentation License
c1253627 8215@include fdl.texi
cf055d54 8216
370b66a1
CD
8217@node AS Index
8218@unnumbered AS Index
252b5132
RH
8219
8220@printindex cp
8221
252b5132
RH
8222@bye
8223@c Local Variables:
8224@c fill-column: 79
8225@c End:
This page took 1.563297 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.